expr.c
- make exponentiation right-associative, as is apparently correct
+
+ 9/16
+ ----
+arrayfunc.c
+ - make sure convert_var_to_array marks the environment as needing
+ recreation if the converted variable was exported
+
+ 9/17
+ ----
+braces.c
+ - mark ${ as introducing an additional level of braces only if it's
+ not in a quoted string -- quoted strings are handled before brace
+ matching is done
+
+parse.y
+ - fixed an obscure problem in history_delimiting_chars where the `in'
+ in a case statement could have a semicolon added after it, if the
+ `case word' was on a previous line
+
+support/config.guess
+ - support for newest versions of tandem non-stop kernel
+
+lib/readline/display.c
+ - in compute_lcd_of_matches, explicitly cast `text' to `char *' before
+ passing it to rl_filename_dequoting_function
+
+lib/readline/terminal.c
+ - bind the key sequence sent by the keypad `delete' key to delete-char
+ (same as ^D in emacs mode)
+
+builtins/ulimit.def
+ - in print_all_limits, don't print anything if get_limit returns
+ -1/EINVAL, indicating that the kernel doesn't support that particular
+ limit
+ - add -i (max number of pending signals), -q (max size of posix msg
+ queues), -x (max number of file locks) for systems (Linux) that
+ support them
+
+doc/{bash.1,bashref.texi}
+ - fix description of correspondence between FUNCNAME, BASH_LINENO,
+ and BASH_SOURCE indices in description of BASH_LINENO
+
+ 9/18
+ ----
+lib/sh/shquote.c
+ - don't quote CTLESC and CTLNUL with CTLESC in sh_backslash_quote, as
+ long as the resultant string never gets sent to the word expansion
+ functions without going through the shell parser
+
+externs.h
+ - add extern declarations for strnlen and strpbkrk from lib/sh
+
+subst.[ch]
+ - changes to handle case where IFS consists of multibyte characters.
+ Changed: string_extract_verbatim, split_at_delims,
+ string_list_dollar_star, string_list_dollar_at, list_string,
+ get_word_from_string, setifs
+
+ 9/19
+ ----
+mailcheck.c
+ - change file_mod_date_changed to reset the cached mail file data if
+ the file size drops to zero
+
+lib/readline/complete.c
+ - change append_to_match so that a non-zero value for
+ rl_completion_suppress_append will cause no `/' to be appended to a
+ directory name
+
+bashline.c
+ - experimental change to suppress appending a slash for a completed
+ filename that is found in PATH as well as a directory in the current
+ directory under certain circumstances: a single instance found in
+ $PATH when `.' is not in $PATH, and multiple instances found in the
+ $PATH, even when `.' is in the $PATH
arguments to a builtin that accepts assignment statement arguments
- turn on PST_ASSIGNOK in read_token_word when appropriate
- turn off PST_ASSIGNOK in read_token when appropriate
+ - don't attempt to parse a compound assignment specially unless we're
+ in a position where an assignment statement is acceptable, or
+ PST_ASSIGNOK is set
+
+ 9/13
+ ----
+variables.c
+ - make BASH_ARGC, BASH_ARGV, BASH_LINENO, and BASH_SOURCE
+ non-unsettable, since the shell uses those values internally
+
+expr.c
+ - make exponentiation right-associative, as is apparently correct
+
+ 9/16
+ ----
+arrayfunc.c
+ - make sure convert_var_to_array marks the environment as needing
+ recreation if the converted variable was exported
+
+ 9/17
+ ----
+braces.c
+ - mark ${ as introducing an additional level of braces only if it's
+ not in a quoted string -- quoted strings are handled before brace
+ matching is done
+
+parse.y
+ - fixed an obscure problem in history_delimiting_chars where the `in'
+ in a case statement could have a semicolon added after it, if the
+ `case word' was on a previous line
+
+support/config.guess
+ - support for newest versions of tandem non-stop kernel
+
+lib/readline/display.c
+ - in compute_lcd_of_matches, explicitly cast `text' to `char *' before
+ passing it to rl_filename_dequoting_function
+
+lib/readline/terminal.c
+ - bind the key sequence sent by the keypad `delete' key to delete-char
+ (same as ^D in emacs mode)
+
+builtins/ulimit.def
+ - in print_all_limits, don't print anything if get_limit returns
+ -1/EINVAL, indicating that the kernel doesn't support that particular
+ limit
+ - add -i (max number of pending signals), -q (max size of posix msg
+ queues), -x (max number of file locks) for systems (Linux) that
+ support them
+
+doc/{bash.1,bashref.texi}
+ - fix description of correspondence between FUNCNAME, BASH_LINENO,
+ and BASH_SOURCE indices in description of BASH_LINENO
+
+ 9/18
+ ----
+lib/sh/shquote.c
+ - don't quote CTLESC and CTLNUL with CTLESC in sh_backslash_quote, as
+ long as the resultant string never gets sent to the word expansion
+ functions without going through the shell parser
+
+externs.h
+ - add extern declarations for strnlen and strpbkrk from lib/sh
+
+subst.[ch]
+ - changes to handle case where IFS consists of multibyte characters.
+ Changed: string_extract_verbatim, split_at_delims,
+ string_list_dollar_star, string_list_dollar_at, list_string,
+ get_word_from_string, setifs
+
+ 9/19
+ ----
+mailcheck.c
+ - change file_mod_date_changed to reset the cached mail file data if
+ the file size drops to zero
+
+lib/readline/complete.c
+ - change append_to_match so that a non-zero value for
+ rl_completion_suppress_append will cause no `/' to be appended to a
+ directory name
-# Makefile for bash-3.0, version 2.153
+# Makefile for bash-3.0, version 2.154
#
# Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
$(RM) $@
$(PURIFY) $(CC) $(BUILTINS_LDFLAGS) $(LIBRARY_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $(Program) $(OBJECTS) $(LIBS)
ls -l $(Program)
- size $(Program)
+ -size $(Program)
.build: $(SOURCES) config.h Makefile version.h $(VERSPROG)
@echo
strip: $(Program) .made
strip $(Program)
ls -l $(Program)
- size $(Program)
+ -size $(Program)
lint:
${MAKE} ${MFLAGS} CFLAGS='${GCC_LINT_FLAGS}' .made
-# Makefile for bash-3.0, version 2.152
+# Makefile for bash-3.0, version 2.153
#
# Copyright (C) 1996-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# for chet
reconfig: force
- sh $(srcdir)/configure
+ sh $(srcdir)/configure -C
#newversion: mkversion
# $(RM) .build
extern char *this_command_name;
extern int last_command_exit_value;
+extern int array_needs_making;
static void quote_array_assignment_chars __P((WORD_LIST *));
static char *array_value_internal __P((char *, int, int, int *));
var->assign_func = (sh_var_assign_func_t *)NULL;
INVALIDATE_EXPORTSTR (var);
+ if (exported_p (var))
+ array_needs_making++;
VSETATTR (var, att_array);
VUNSETATTR (var, att_invisible);
static rl_hook_func_t *old_rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+static int dot_in_path = 0;
+
/* What kind of quoting is performed by bash_quote_filename:
COMPLETE_DQUOTE = double-quoting the filename
COMPLETE_SQUOTE = single_quoting the filename
{
#define CMD_IS_DIR(x) (absolute_pathname(x) == 0 && absolute_program(x) == 0 && *(x) != '~' && test_for_directory (x))
+ dot_in_path = 0;
matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_word_completion_function);
/* If we are attempting command completion and nothing matches, we
filenames and leave directories in the match list. */
if (matches == (char **)NULL)
rl_ignore_some_completions_function = bash_ignore_filenames;
-#if 0
- else if (matches[1] == 0 && CMD_IS_DIR(matches[0]))
- /* Turn off rl_filename_completion_desired so readline doesn't
- append a slash if there is a directory with the same name
- in the current directory, or other filename-specific things.
- If the name begins with a slash, we're either completing a
- full pathname or a directory pathname, and readline won't be
- looking in the current directory anyway, so there's no
- conflict. */
- rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ else if (matches[1] == 0 && CMD_IS_DIR(matches[0]) && dot_in_path == 0)
+ /* If we found a single match, without looking in the current
+ directory (because it's not in $PATH), but the found name is
+ also a command in the current directory, suppress appending any
+ terminating character, since it's ambiguous. */
+ {
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ }
else if (matches[0] && matches[1] && STREQ (matches[0], matches[1]) && CMD_IS_DIR (matches[0]))
/* There are multiple instances of the same match (duplicate
completions haven't yet been removed). In this case, all of
the matches will be the same, and the duplicate removal code
- will distill them all down to one. We turn off
- rl_filename_completion_desired for the same reason as above.
+ will distill them all down to one. We turn on
+ rl_completion_suppress_append for the same reason as above.
Remember: we only care if there's eventually a single unique
completion. If there are multiple completions this won't
make a difference and the problem won't occur. */
- rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
-#endif
+ {
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ }
}
}
hint_len = strlen (hint);
path = get_string_value ("PATH");
- path_index = 0;
+ path_index = dot_in_path = 0;
/* Initialize the variables for each type of command word. */
local_index = 0;
current_path = t;
}
+ if (current_path[0] == '.' && current_path[1] == '\0')
+ dot_in_path = 1;
+
if (filename_hint)
free (filename_hint);
#endif
/* Helper functions for Readline. */
+static int bash_directory_expansion __P((char **));
static int bash_directory_completion_hook __P((char **));
static int filename_completion_ignore __P((char **));
static int bash_push_line __P((void));
static rl_hook_func_t *old_rl_startup_hook = (rl_hook_func_t *)NULL;
+static int dot_in_path = 0;
+
/* What kind of quoting is performed by bash_quote_filename:
COMPLETE_DQUOTE = double-quoting the filename
COMPLETE_SQUOTE = single_quoting the filename
{
#define CMD_IS_DIR(x) (absolute_pathname(x) == 0 && absolute_program(x) == 0 && *(x) != '~' && test_for_directory (x))
+ dot_in_path = 0;
matches = rl_completion_matches (text, command_word_completion_function);
/* If we are attempting command completion and nothing matches, we
filenames and leave directories in the match list. */
if (matches == (char **)NULL)
rl_ignore_some_completions_function = bash_ignore_filenames;
-#if 0
- else if (matches[1] == 0 && CMD_IS_DIR(matches[0]))
- /* Turn off rl_filename_completion_desired so readline doesn't
- append a slash if there is a directory with the same name
- in the current directory, or other filename-specific things.
- If the name begins with a slash, we're either completing a
- full pathname or a directory pathname, and readline won't be
- looking in the current directory anyway, so there's no
- conflict. */
- rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ else if (matches[1] == 0 && CMD_IS_DIR(matches[0]) && dot_in_path == 0)
+ /* If we found a single match, without looking in the current
+ directory (because it's not in $PATH), but the found name is
+ also a command in the current directory, suppress appending any
+ terminating character, since it's ambiguous. */
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
else if (matches[0] && matches[1] && STREQ (matches[0], matches[1]) && CMD_IS_DIR (matches[0]))
/* There are multiple instances of the same match (duplicate
completions haven't yet been removed). In this case, all of
the matches will be the same, and the duplicate removal code
- will distill them all down to one. We turn off
- rl_filename_completion_desired for the same reason as above.
+ will distill them all down to one. We turn on
+ rl_completion_suppress_append for the same reason as above.
Remember: we only care if there's eventually a single unique
completion. If there are multiple completions this won't
make a difference and the problem won't occur. */
- rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
-#endif
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = 1;
}
}
hint_len = strlen (hint);
path = get_string_value ("PATH");
- path_index = 0;
+ path_index = dot_in_path = 0;
/* Initialize the variables for each type of command word. */
local_index = 0;
current_path = t;
}
+ if (current_path[0] == '.' && current_path[1] == '\0')
+ dot_in_path = 1;
+
if (filename_hint)
free (filename_hint);
filename. */
if (*hint_text == '~')
{
- int l, tl, vl;
+ int l, tl, vl, dl;
+ char *rd;
vl = strlen (val);
tl = strlen (hint_text);
+#if 0
l = vl - hint_len; /* # of chars added */
+#else
+ rd = savestring (filename_hint);
+ bash_directory_expansion (&rd);
+ dl = strlen (rd);
+ l = vl - dl; /* # of chars added */
+ free (rd);
+#endif
temp = (char *)xmalloc (l + 2 + tl);
strcpy (temp, hint_text);
strcpy (temp + tl, val + vl - l);
return 0;
}
+/* Simulate the expansions that will be performed by
+ rl_filename_completion_function. This must be called with the address of
+ a pointer to malloc'd memory. */
+static int
+bash_directory_expansion (dirname)
+ char **dirname;
+{
+ char *d;
+
+ d = savestring (*dirname);
+
+ if (rl_directory_rewrite_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&d);
+
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&d))
+ {
+ free (*dirname);
+ *dirname = d;
+ }
+}
+
/* Handle symbolic link references and other directory name
expansions while hacking completion. */
static int
static char **matches = (char **)NULL;
static int ind;
int glen;
- char *ret;
+ char *ret, *ttext;
if (state == 0)
{
FREE (globorig);
FREE (globtext);
+ ttext = bash_tilde_expand (text, 0);
+
if (rl_explicit_arg)
{
- globorig = savestring (text);
- glen = strlen (text);
+ globorig = savestring (ttext);
+ glen = strlen (ttext);
globtext = (char *)xmalloc (glen + 2);
- strcpy (globtext, text);
+ strcpy (globtext, ttext);
globtext[glen] = '*';
globtext[glen+1] = '\0';
}
else
- globtext = globorig = savestring (text);
+ globtext = globorig = savestring (ttext);
+
+ if (ttext != text)
+ free (ttext);
matches = shell_glob_filename (globtext);
if (GLOB_FAILED (matches))
{
pass_next = 1;
i++;
- level++;
+ if (quoted == 0)
+ level++;
continue;
}
#endif
--- /dev/null
+/* braces.c -- code for doing word expansion in curly braces. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+ under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+ any later version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+ ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
+ License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
+ Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* Stuff in curly braces gets expanded before all other shell expansions. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+# include "shell.h"
+#endif /* SHELL */
+
+#include "general.h"
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+#include "chartypes.h"
+
+#define brace_whitespace(c) (!(c) || (c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t' || (c) == '\n')
+
+#define BRACE_SEQ_SPECIFIER ".."
+
+/* Basic idea:
+
+ Segregate the text into 3 sections: preamble (stuff before an open brace),
+ postamble (stuff after the matching close brace) and amble (stuff after
+ preamble, and before postamble). Expand amble, and then tack on the
+ expansions to preamble. Expand postamble, and tack on the expansions to
+ the result so far.
+ */
+
+/* The character which is used to separate arguments. */
+int brace_arg_separator = ',';
+
+#if defined (__P)
+static int brace_gobbler __P((char *, size_t, int *, int));
+static char **expand_amble __P((char *, size_t, int));
+static char **expand_seqterm __P((char *, size_t));
+static char **mkseq __P((int, int, int));
+static char **array_concat __P((char **, char **));
+#else
+static int brace_gobbler ();
+static char **expand_amble ();
+static char **expand_seqterm ();
+static char **mkseq();
+static char **array_concat ();
+#endif
+
+/* Return an array of strings; the brace expansion of TEXT. */
+char **
+brace_expand (text)
+ char *text;
+{
+ register int start;
+ size_t tlen;
+ char *preamble, *postamble, *amble;
+ size_t alen;
+ char **tack, **result;
+ int i, j, c;
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* Find the text of the preamble. */
+ tlen = strlen (text);
+ i = 0;
+ c = brace_gobbler (text, tlen, &i, '{');
+
+ preamble = (char *)xmalloc (i + 1);
+ strncpy (preamble, text, i);
+ preamble[i] = '\0';
+
+ result = (char **)xmalloc (2 * sizeof (char *));
+ result[0] = preamble;
+ result[1] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Special case. If we never found an exciting character, then
+ the preamble is all of the text, so just return that. */
+ if (c != '{')
+ return (result);
+
+ /* Find the amble. This is the stuff inside this set of braces. */
+ start = ++i;
+ c = brace_gobbler (text, tlen, &i, '}');
+
+ /* What if there isn't a matching close brace? */
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+ /* Well, if we found an unquoted BRACE_ARG_SEPARATOR between START
+ and I, then this should be an error. Otherwise, it isn't. */
+ j = start;
+ while (j < i)
+ {
+ if (text[j] == '\\')
+ {
+ j++;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (text, tlen, j);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (text[j] == brace_arg_separator)
+ { /* { */
+ strvec_dispose (result);
+ report_error ("no closing `%c' in %s", '}', text);
+ throw_to_top_level ();
+ }
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (text, tlen, j);
+ }
+#endif
+ free (preamble); /* Same as result[0]; see initialization. */
+ result[0] = savestring (text);
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ amble = substring (text, start, i);
+ alen = i - start;
+#else
+ amble = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (i - start));
+ strncpy (amble, &text[start], (i - start));
+ alen = i - start;
+ amble[alen] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ INITIALIZE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* If the amble does not contain an unquoted BRACE_ARG_SEPARATOR, then
+ just return without doing any expansion. */
+ j = 0;
+ while (amble[j])
+ {
+ if (amble[j] == '\\')
+ {
+ j++;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (amble, alen, j);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (amble[j] == brace_arg_separator)
+ break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (amble, alen, j);
+ }
+
+ if (amble[j] == 0)
+ {
+ tack = expand_seqterm (amble, alen);
+ if (tack)
+ goto add_tack;
+ else
+ {
+ free (amble);
+ free (preamble);
+ result[0] = savestring (text);
+ return (result);
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* SHELL */
+
+ tack = expand_amble (amble, alen, 0);
+add_tack:
+ result = array_concat (result, tack);
+ free (amble);
+ strvec_dispose (tack);
+
+ postamble = text + i + 1;
+
+ tack = brace_expand (postamble);
+ result = array_concat (result, tack);
+ strvec_dispose (tack);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Expand the text found inside of braces. We simply try to split the
+ text at BRACE_ARG_SEPARATORs into separate strings. We then brace
+ expand each slot which needs it, until there are no more slots which
+ need it. */
+static char **
+expand_amble (text, tlen, flags)
+ char *text;
+ size_t tlen;
+ int flags;
+{
+ char **result, **partial;
+ char *tem;
+ int start, i, c;
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ result = (char **)NULL;
+
+ start = i = 0;
+ c = 1;
+ while (c)
+ {
+ c = brace_gobbler (text, tlen, &i, brace_arg_separator);
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ tem = substring (text, start, i);
+#else
+ tem = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (i - start));
+ strncpy (tem, &text[start], (i - start));
+ tem[i- start] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ partial = brace_expand (tem);
+
+ if (!result)
+ result = partial;
+ else
+ {
+ register int lr, lp, j;
+
+ lr = strvec_len (result);
+ lp = strvec_len (partial);
+
+ result = strvec_resize (result, lp + lr + 1);
+
+ for (j = 0; j < lp; j++)
+ result[lr + j] = partial[j];
+
+ result[lr + j] = (char *)NULL;
+ free (partial);
+ }
+ free (tem);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (text, tlen, i);
+ start = i;
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#define ST_BAD 0
+#define ST_INT 1
+#define ST_CHAR 2
+
+static char **
+mkseq (start, end, type)
+ int start, end, type;
+{
+ int n, incr, i;
+ char **result, *t;
+
+ n = abs (end - start) + 1;
+ result = strvec_create (n + 1);
+
+ incr = (start < end) ? 1 : -1;
+
+ /* Make sure we go through the loop at least once, so {3..3} prints `3' */
+ i = 0;
+ n = start;
+ do
+ {
+ if (type == ST_INT)
+ result[i++] = itos (n);
+ else
+ {
+ t = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ t[0] = n;
+ t[1] = '\0';
+ result[i++] = t;
+ }
+ if (n == end)
+ break;
+ n += incr;
+ }
+ while (1);
+
+ result[i] = (char *)0;
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static char **
+expand_seqterm (text, tlen)
+ char *text;
+ size_t tlen;
+{
+ char *t, *lhs, *rhs;
+ int i, lhs_t, rhs_t, lhs_v, rhs_v;
+ intmax_t tl, tr;
+ char **result;
+
+ t = strstr (text, BRACE_SEQ_SPECIFIER);
+ if (t == 0)
+ return ((char **)NULL);
+
+ i = t - text; /* index of start of BRACE_SEQ_SPECIFIER */
+ lhs = substring (text, 0, i);
+ rhs = substring (text, i + sizeof(BRACE_SEQ_SPECIFIER) - 1, tlen);
+
+ if (lhs[0] == 0 || rhs[0] == 0)
+ {
+ free (lhs);
+ free (rhs);
+ return ((char **)NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Now figure out whether LHS and RHS are integers or letters. Both
+ sides have to match. */
+ lhs_t = (legal_number (lhs, &tl)) ? ST_INT :
+ ((ISALPHA (lhs[0]) && lhs[1] == 0) ? ST_CHAR : ST_BAD);
+ rhs_t = (legal_number (rhs, &tr)) ? ST_INT :
+ ((ISALPHA (rhs[0]) && rhs[1] == 0) ? ST_CHAR : ST_BAD);
+
+ if (lhs_t != rhs_t || lhs_t == ST_BAD || rhs_t == ST_BAD)
+ {
+ free (lhs);
+ free (rhs);
+ return ((char **)NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* OK, we have something. It's either a sequence of integers, ascending
+ or descending, or a sequence or letters, ditto. Generate the sequence,
+ put it into a string vector, and return it. */
+
+ if (lhs_t == ST_CHAR)
+ {
+ lhs_v = (unsigned char)lhs[0];
+ rhs_v = (unsigned char)rhs[0];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lhs_v = tl; /* integer truncation */
+ rhs_v = tr;
+ }
+
+ result = mkseq (lhs_v, rhs_v, lhs_t);
+
+ free (lhs);
+ free (rhs);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Start at INDEX, and skip characters in TEXT. Set INDEX to the
+ index of the character matching SATISFY. This understands about
+ quoting. Return the character that caused us to stop searching;
+ this is either the same as SATISFY, or 0. */
+static int
+brace_gobbler (text, tlen, indx, satisfy)
+ char *text;
+ size_t tlen;
+ int *indx;
+ int satisfy;
+{
+ register int i, c, quoted, level, pass_next;
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ int si;
+ char *t;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ level = quoted = pass_next = 0;
+
+ i = *indx;
+ while (c = text[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (text, tlen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A backslash escapes the next character. This allows backslash to
+ escape the quote character in a double-quoted string. */
+ if (c == '\\' && (quoted == 0 || quoted == '"' || quoted == '`'))
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ /* If compiling for the shell, treat ${...} like \{...} */
+ if (c == '$' && text[i+1] == '{' && quoted != '\'') /* } */
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ level++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (quoted)
+ {
+ if (c == quoted)
+ quoted = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (text, tlen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '"' || c == '\'' || c == '`')
+ {
+ quoted = c;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+#if defined (SHELL)
+ /* Pass new-style command substitutions through unchanged. */
+ if (c == '$' && text[i+1] == '(') /* ) */
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_command_subst (text, &si);
+ i = si;
+ free (t);
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (c == satisfy && level == 0 && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ /* We ignore an open brace surrounded by whitespace, and also
+ an open brace followed immediately by a close brace preceded
+ by whitespace. */
+ if (c == '{' &&
+ ((!i || brace_whitespace (text[i - 1])) &&
+ (brace_whitespace (text[i + 1]) || text[i + 1] == '}')))
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '{')
+ level++;
+ else if (c == '}' && level)
+ level--;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (text, tlen, i);
+ }
+
+ *indx = i;
+ return (c);
+}
+
+/* Return a new array of strings which is the result of appending each
+ string in ARR2 to each string in ARR1. The resultant array is
+ len (arr1) * len (arr2) long. For convenience, ARR1 (and its contents)
+ are free ()'ed. ARR1 can be NULL, in that case, a new version of ARR2
+ is returned. */
+static char **
+array_concat (arr1, arr2)
+ char **arr1, **arr2;
+{
+ register int i, j, len, len1, len2;
+ register char **result;
+
+ if (arr1 == 0)
+ return (strvec_copy (arr2));
+
+ if (arr2 == 0)
+ return (strvec_copy (arr1));
+
+ len1 = strvec_len (arr1);
+ len2 = strvec_len (arr2);
+
+ result = (char **)xmalloc ((1 + (len1 * len2)) * sizeof (char *));
+
+ len = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < len1; i++)
+ {
+ int strlen_1 = strlen (arr1[i]);
+
+ for (j = 0; j < len2; j++)
+ {
+ result[len] = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen_1 + strlen (arr2[j]));
+ strcpy (result[len], arr1[i]);
+ strcpy (result[len] + strlen_1, arr2[j]);
+ len++;
+ }
+ free (arr1[i]);
+ }
+ free (arr1);
+
+ result[len] = (char *)NULL;
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#if defined (TEST)
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+fatal_error (format, arg1, arg2)
+ char *format, *arg1, *arg2;
+{
+ report_error (format, arg1, arg2);
+ exit (1);
+}
+
+report_error (format, arg1, arg2)
+ char *format, *arg1, *arg2;
+{
+ fprintf (stderr, format, arg1, arg2);
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+main ()
+{
+ char example[256];
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ char **result;
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "brace_expand> ");
+
+ if ((!fgets (example, 256, stdin)) ||
+ (strncmp (example, "quit", 4) == 0))
+ break;
+
+ if (strlen (example))
+ example[strlen (example) - 1] = '\0';
+
+ result = brace_expand (example);
+
+ for (i = 0; result[i]; i++)
+ printf ("%s\n", result[i]);
+
+ free_array (result);
+ }
+}
+\f
+/*
+ * Local variables:
+ * compile-command: "gcc -g -Bstatic -DTEST -o brace_expand braces.c general.o"
+ * end:
+ */
+
+#endif /* TEST */
+#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
-c the maximum size of core files created
-d the maximum size of a process's data segment
-f the maximum size of files created by the shell
+ -i the maximum number of pending signals
-l the maximum size a process may lock into memory
-m the maximum resident set size
-n the maximum number of open file descriptors
-p the pipe buffer size
+ -q the maximum number of bytes in POSIX message queues
-s the maximum stack size
-t the maximum amount of cpu time in seconds
-u the maximum number of user processes
- -v the size of virtual memory
+ -v the size of virtual memory
+ -x the maximum number of file locks
If LIMIT is given, it is the new value of the specified resource;
the special LIMIT values `soft', `hard', and `unlimited' stand for
{ 'd', RLIMIT_DATA, 1024, "data seg size", "kbytes" },
#endif
{ 'f', RLIMIT_FILESIZE, 1024, "file size", "blocks" },
+#ifdef RLIMIT_SIGPENDING
+ { 'i', RLIMIT_SIGPENDING, 1, "pending signals", (char *)NULL },
+#endif
#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
{ 'l', RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, 1024, "max locked memory", "kbytes" },
#endif
#endif /* RLIMIT_RSS */
{ 'n', RLIMIT_OPENFILES, 1, "open files", (char *)NULL},
{ 'p', RLIMIT_PIPESIZE, 512, "pipe size", "512 bytes" },
+#ifdef RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE
+ { 'q', RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE, 1, "POSIX message queues", "bytes" },
+#endif
#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
{ 's', RLIMIT_STACK, 1024, "stack size", "kbytes" },
#endif
#ifdef RLIMIT_SWAP
{ 'w', RLIMIT_SWAP, 1024, "swap size", "kbytes" },
#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_LOCKS
+ { 'w', RLIMIT_LOCKS, 1, "file locks", (char *)NULL },
+#endif
{ -1, -1, -1, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
};
#define NCMDS (sizeof(limits) / sizeof(limits[0]))
for (i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++)
{
- if (get_limit (i, &softlim, &hardlim) < 0)
+ if (get_limit (i, &softlim, &hardlim) == 0)
+ printone (i, (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) ? softlim : hardlim, 1);
+ else if (errno != EINVAL)
builtin_error ("%s: cannot get limit: %s", limits[i].description,
strerror (errno));
- else
- printone (i, (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) ? softlim : hardlim, 1);
}
}
else
sprintf (unitstr, "(-%c) ", limits[limind].option);
- printf ("%-18s %16s", limits[limind].description, unitstr);
+ printf ("%-20s %16s", limits[limind].description, unitstr);
}
if (curlim == RLIM_INFINITY)
puts ("unlimited");
--- /dev/null
+This file is ulimit.def, from which is created ulimit.c.
+It implements the builtin "ulimit" in Bash.
+
+Copyright (C) 1987-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA.
+
+$PRODUCES ulimit.c
+
+$BUILTIN ulimit
+$FUNCTION ulimit_builtin
+$DEPENDS_ON !_MINIX
+$SHORT_DOC ulimit [-SHacdflmnpstuv] [limit]
+Ulimit provides control over the resources available to processes
+started by the shell, on systems that allow such control. If an
+option is given, it is interpreted as follows:
+
+ -S use the `soft' resource limit
+ -H use the `hard' resource limit
+ -a all current limits are reported
+ -c the maximum size of core files created
+ -d the maximum size of a process's data segment
+ -f the maximum size of files created by the shell
+ -l the maximum size a process may lock into memory
+ -m the maximum resident set size
+ -n the maximum number of open file descriptors
+ -p the pipe buffer size
+ -s the maximum stack size
+ -t the maximum amount of cpu time in seconds
+ -u the maximum number of user processes
+ -v the size of virtual memory
+
+If LIMIT is given, it is the new value of the specified resource;
+the special LIMIT values `soft', `hard', and `unlimited' stand for
+the current soft limit, the current hard limit, and no limit, respectively.
+Otherwise, the current value of the specified resource is printed.
+If no option is given, then -f is assumed. Values are in 1024-byte
+increments, except for -t, which is in seconds, -p, which is in
+increments of 512 bytes, and -u, which is an unscaled number of
+processes.
+$END
+
+#if !defined (_MINIX)
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "../bashtypes.h"
+#ifndef _MINIX
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#include "../bashintl.h"
+
+#include "../shell.h"
+#include "common.h"
+#include "bashgetopt.h"
+#include "pipesize.h"
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+/* For some reason, HPUX chose to make these definitions visible only if
+ _KERNEL is defined, so we define _KERNEL before including <sys/resource.h>
+ and #undef it afterward. */
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# if defined (HPUX) && defined (RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL)
+# define _KERNEL
+# endif
+# include <sys/resource.h>
+# if defined (HPUX) && defined (RLIMIT_NEEDS_KERNEL)
+# undef _KERNEL
+# endif
+#else
+# include <sys/times.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Check for the most basic symbols. If they aren't present, this
+ system's <sys/resource.h> isn't very useful to us. */
+#if !defined (RLIMIT_FSIZE) || !defined (HAVE_GETRLIMIT)
+# undef HAVE_RESOURCE
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RLIMTYPE)
+# define RLIMTYPE long
+# define string_to_rlimtype(s) strtol(s, (char **)NULL, 10)
+# define print_rlimtype(num, nl) printf ("%ld%s", num, nl ? "\n" : "")
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems use RLIMIT_NOFILE, others use RLIMIT_OFILE */
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) && defined (RLIMIT_OFILE) && !defined (RLIMIT_NOFILE)
+# define RLIMIT_NOFILE RLIMIT_OFILE
+#endif /* HAVE_RESOURCE && RLIMIT_OFILE && !RLIMIT_NOFILE */
+
+/* Some systems have these, some do not. */
+#ifdef RLIMIT_FSIZE
+# define RLIMIT_FILESIZE RLIMIT_FSIZE
+#else
+# define RLIMIT_FILESIZE 256
+#endif
+
+#define RLIMIT_PIPESIZE 257
+
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NOFILE
+# define RLIMIT_OPENFILES RLIMIT_NOFILE
+#else
+# define RLIMIT_OPENFILES 258
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RLIMIT_VMEM
+# define RLIMIT_VIRTMEM RLIMIT_VMEM
+# define RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ 1024
+#else
+# ifdef RLIMIT_AS
+# define RLIMIT_VIRTMEM RLIMIT_AS
+# define RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ 1024
+# else
+# define RLIMIT_VIRTMEM 259
+# define RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
+# define RLIMIT_MAXUPROC RLIMIT_NPROC
+#else
+# define RLIMIT_MAXUPROC 260
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RLIM_INFINITY)
+# define RLIM_INFINITY 0x7fffffff
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RLIM_SAVED_CUR)
+# define RLIM_SAVED_CUR RLIM_INFINITY
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (RLIM_SAVED_MAX)
+# define RLIM_SAVED_MAX RLIM_INFINITY
+#endif
+
+#define LIMIT_HARD 0x01
+#define LIMIT_SOFT 0x02
+
+static int _findlim __P((int));
+
+static int ulimit_internal __P((int, char *, int, int));
+
+static int get_limit __P((int, RLIMTYPE *, RLIMTYPE *));
+static int set_limit __P((int, RLIMTYPE, int));
+
+static void printone __P((int, RLIMTYPE, int));
+static void print_all_limits __P((int));
+
+static int set_all_limits __P((int, RLIMTYPE));
+
+static int filesize __P((RLIMTYPE *));
+static int pipesize __P((RLIMTYPE *));
+static int getmaxuprc __P((RLIMTYPE *));
+static int getmaxvm __P((RLIMTYPE *, RLIMTYPE *));
+
+typedef struct {
+ int option; /* The ulimit option for this limit. */
+ int parameter; /* Parameter to pass to get_limit (). */
+ int block_factor; /* Blocking factor for specific limit. */
+ char *description; /* Descriptive string to output. */
+ char *units; /* scale */
+} RESOURCE_LIMITS;
+
+static RESOURCE_LIMITS limits[] = {
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CORE
+ { 'c', RLIMIT_CORE, 1024, "core file size", "blocks" },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_DATA
+ { 'd', RLIMIT_DATA, 1024, "data seg size", "kbytes" },
+#endif
+ { 'f', RLIMIT_FILESIZE, 1024, "file size", "blocks" },
+#ifdef RLIMIT_MEMLOCK
+ { 'l', RLIMIT_MEMLOCK, 1024, "max locked memory", "kbytes" },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_RSS
+ { 'm', RLIMIT_RSS, 1024, "max memory size", "kbytes" },
+#endif /* RLIMIT_RSS */
+ { 'n', RLIMIT_OPENFILES, 1, "open files", (char *)NULL},
+ { 'p', RLIMIT_PIPESIZE, 512, "pipe size", "512 bytes" },
+#ifdef RLIMIT_STACK
+ { 's', RLIMIT_STACK, 1024, "stack size", "kbytes" },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
+ { 't', RLIMIT_CPU, 1, "cpu time", "seconds" },
+#endif /* RLIMIT_CPU */
+ { 'u', RLIMIT_MAXUPROC, 1, "max user processes", (char *)NULL },
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ { 'v', RLIMIT_VIRTMEM, RLIMIT_VMBLKSZ, "virtual memory", "kbytes" },
+#endif
+#ifdef RLIMIT_SWAP
+ { 'w', RLIMIT_SWAP, 1024, "swap size", "kbytes" },
+#endif
+ { -1, -1, -1, (char *)NULL, (char *)NULL }
+};
+#define NCMDS (sizeof(limits) / sizeof(limits[0]))
+
+typedef struct _cmd {
+ int cmd;
+ char *arg;
+} ULCMD;
+
+static ULCMD *cmdlist;
+static int ncmd;
+static int cmdlistsz;
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_RESOURCE) && !defined (HAVE_ULIMIT)
+long
+ulimit (cmd, newlim)
+ int cmd;
+ long newlim;
+{
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_RESOURCE && !HAVE_ULIMIT */
+
+static int
+_findlim (opt)
+ int opt;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++)
+ if (limits[i].option == opt)
+ return i;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static char optstring[4 + 2 * NCMDS];
+
+/* Report or set limits associated with certain per-process resources.
+ See the help documentation in builtins.c for a full description. */
+int
+ulimit_builtin (list)
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ int c, limind, mode, opt, all_limits;
+
+ mode = 0;
+
+ all_limits = 0;
+
+ /* Idea stolen from pdksh -- build option string the first time called. */
+ if (optstring[0] == 0)
+ {
+ s = optstring;
+ *s++ = 'a'; *s++ = 'S'; *s++ = 'H';
+ for (c = 0; limits[c].option > 0; c++)
+ {
+ *s++ = limits[c].option;
+ *s++ = ';';
+ }
+ *s = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* Initialize the command list. */
+ if (cmdlistsz == 0)
+ cmdlist = (ULCMD *)xmalloc ((cmdlistsz = 16) * sizeof (ULCMD));
+ ncmd = 0;
+
+ reset_internal_getopt ();
+ while ((opt = internal_getopt (list, optstring)) != -1)
+ {
+ switch (opt)
+ {
+ case 'a':
+ all_limits++;
+ break;
+
+ /* -S and -H are modifiers, not real options. */
+ case 'S':
+ mode |= LIMIT_SOFT;
+ break;
+
+ case 'H':
+ mode |= LIMIT_HARD;
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ builtin_usage ();
+ return (EX_USAGE);
+
+ default:
+ if (ncmd >= cmdlistsz)
+ cmdlist = (ULCMD *)xrealloc (cmdlist, (cmdlistsz *= 2) * sizeof (ULCMD));
+ cmdlist[ncmd].cmd = opt;
+ cmdlist[ncmd++].arg = list_optarg;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ list = loptend;
+
+ if (all_limits)
+ {
+#ifdef NOTYET
+ if (list) /* setting */
+ {
+ if (STREQ (list->word->word, "unlimited") == 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("%s: invalid limit argument"), list->word->word);
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ return (set_all_limits (mode == 0 ? LIMIT_SOFT|LIMIT_HARD : mode, RLIM_INFINITY));
+ }
+#endif
+ print_all_limits (mode == 0 ? LIMIT_SOFT : mode);
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ /* default is `ulimit -f' */
+ if (ncmd == 0)
+ {
+ cmdlist[ncmd].cmd = 'f';
+ /* `ulimit something' is same as `ulimit -f something' */
+ cmdlist[ncmd++].arg = list ? list->word->word : (char *)NULL;
+ if (list)
+ list = list->next;
+ }
+
+ /* verify each command in the list. */
+ for (c = 0; c < ncmd; c++)
+ {
+ limind = _findlim (cmdlist[c].cmd);
+ if (limind == -1)
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("`%c': bad command"), cmdlist[c].cmd);
+ return (EX_USAGE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (c = 0; c < ncmd; c++)
+ if (ulimit_internal (cmdlist[c].cmd, cmdlist[c].arg, mode, ncmd > 1) == EXECUTION_FAILURE)
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+static int
+ulimit_internal (cmd, cmdarg, mode, multiple)
+ int cmd;
+ char *cmdarg;
+ int mode, multiple;
+{
+ int opt, limind, setting;
+ int block_factor;
+ RLIMTYPE soft_limit, hard_limit, real_limit, limit;
+
+ setting = cmdarg != 0;
+ limind = _findlim (cmd);
+ if (mode == 0)
+ mode = setting ? (LIMIT_HARD|LIMIT_SOFT) : LIMIT_SOFT;
+ opt = get_limit (limind, &soft_limit, &hard_limit);
+ if (opt < 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("%s: cannot get limit: %s"), limits[limind].description,
+ strerror (errno));
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (setting == 0) /* print the value of the specified limit */
+ {
+ printone (limind, (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) ? soft_limit : hard_limit, multiple);
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+ }
+
+ /* Setting the limit. */
+ if (STREQ (cmdarg, "hard"))
+ real_limit = hard_limit;
+ else if (STREQ (cmdarg, "soft"))
+ real_limit = soft_limit;
+ else if (STREQ (cmdarg, "unlimited"))
+ real_limit = RLIM_INFINITY;
+ else if (all_digits (cmdarg))
+ {
+ limit = string_to_rlimtype (cmdarg);
+ block_factor = limits[limind].block_factor;
+ real_limit = limit * block_factor;
+
+ if ((real_limit / block_factor) != limit)
+ {
+ sh_erange (cmdarg, "limit");
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sh_invalidnum (cmdarg);
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ if (set_limit (limind, real_limit, mode) < 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error (_("%s: cannot modify limit: %s"), limits[limind].description,
+ strerror (errno));
+ return (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ return (EXECUTION_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+static int
+get_limit (ind, softlim, hardlim)
+ int ind;
+ RLIMTYPE *softlim, *hardlim;
+{
+ RLIMTYPE value;
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ struct rlimit limit;
+#endif
+
+ if (limits[ind].parameter >= 256)
+ {
+ switch (limits[ind].parameter)
+ {
+ case RLIMIT_FILESIZE:
+ if (filesize (&value) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ break;
+ case RLIMIT_PIPESIZE:
+ if (pipesize (&value) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ break;
+ case RLIMIT_OPENFILES:
+ value = (RLIMTYPE)getdtablesize ();
+ break;
+ case RLIMIT_VIRTMEM:
+ return (getmaxvm (softlim, hardlim));
+ case RLIMIT_MAXUPROC:
+ if (getmaxuprc (&value) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ *softlim = *hardlim = value;
+ return (0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ if (getrlimit (limits[ind].parameter, &limit) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ *softlim = limit.rlim_cur;
+ *hardlim = limit.rlim_max;
+# if defined (HPUX9)
+ if (limits[ind].parameter == RLIMIT_FILESIZE)
+ {
+ *softlim *= 512;
+ *hardlim *= 512; /* Ugh. */
+ }
+ else
+# endif /* HPUX9 */
+ return 0;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+set_limit (ind, newlim, mode)
+ int ind;
+ RLIMTYPE newlim;
+ int mode;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ struct rlimit limit;
+ RLIMTYPE val;
+#endif
+
+ if (limits[ind].parameter >= 256)
+ switch (limits[ind].parameter)
+ {
+ case RLIMIT_FILESIZE:
+#if !defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ return (ulimit (2, newlim / 512L));
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+
+ case RLIMIT_OPENFILES:
+#if defined (HAVE_SETDTABLESIZE)
+# if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ /* Grrr... Cygwin declares setdtablesize as void. */
+ setdtablesize (newlim);
+ return 0;
+# else
+ return (setdtablesize (newlim));
+# endif
+#endif
+ case RLIMIT_PIPESIZE:
+ case RLIMIT_VIRTMEM:
+ case RLIMIT_MAXUPROC:
+ default:
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ if (getrlimit (limits[ind].parameter, &limit) < 0)
+ return -1;
+# if defined (HPUX9)
+ if (limits[ind].parameter == RLIMIT_FILESIZE)
+ newlim /= 512; /* Ugh. */
+# endif /* HPUX9 */
+ val = (current_user.euid != 0 && newlim == RLIM_INFINITY &&
+ (mode & LIMIT_HARD) == 0 && /* XXX -- test */
+ (limit.rlim_cur <= limit.rlim_max))
+ ? limit.rlim_max : newlim;
+ if (mode & LIMIT_SOFT)
+ limit.rlim_cur = val;
+ if (mode & LIMIT_HARD)
+ limit.rlim_max = val;
+
+ return (setrlimit (limits[ind].parameter, &limit));
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+getmaxvm (softlim, hardlim)
+ RLIMTYPE *softlim, *hardlim;
+{
+#if defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ struct rlimit datalim, stacklim;
+
+ if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_DATA, &datalim) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ if (getrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &stacklim) < 0)
+ return -1;
+
+ /* Protect against overflow. */
+ *softlim = (datalim.rlim_cur / 1024L) + (stacklim.rlim_cur / 1024L);
+ *hardlim = (datalim.rlim_max / 1024L) + (stacklim.rlim_max / 1024L);
+ return 0;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+#endif /* HAVE_RESOURCE */
+}
+
+static int
+filesize(valuep)
+ RLIMTYPE *valuep;
+{
+#if !defined (HAVE_RESOURCE)
+ long result;
+ if ((result = ulimit (1, 0L)) < 0)
+ return -1;
+ else
+ *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) result * 512;
+ return 0;
+#else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+pipesize (valuep)
+ RLIMTYPE *valuep;
+{
+#if defined (PIPE_BUF)
+ /* This is defined on Posix systems. */
+ *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) PIPE_BUF;
+ return 0;
+#else
+# if defined (PIPESIZE)
+ /* This is defined by running a program from the Makefile. */
+ *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) PIPESIZE;
+ return 0;
+# else
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+# endif /* PIPESIZE */
+#endif /* PIPE_BUF */
+}
+
+static int
+getmaxuprc (valuep)
+ RLIMTYPE *valuep;
+{
+ long maxchild;
+
+ maxchild = getmaxchild ();
+ if (maxchild < 0)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *valuep = (RLIMTYPE) maxchild;
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_all_limits (mode)
+ int mode;
+{
+ register int i;
+ RLIMTYPE softlim, hardlim;
+
+ if (mode == 0)
+ mode |= LIMIT_SOFT;
+
+ for (i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++)
+ {
+ if (get_limit (i, &softlim, &hardlim) < 0)
+ builtin_error ("%s: cannot get limit: %s", limits[i].description,
+ strerror (errno));
+ else
+ printone (i, (mode & LIMIT_SOFT) ? softlim : hardlim, 1);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+printone (limind, curlim, pdesc)
+ int limind;
+ RLIMTYPE curlim;
+ int pdesc;
+{
+ char unitstr[64];
+
+ if (pdesc)
+ {
+ if (limits[limind].units)
+ sprintf (unitstr, "(%s, -%c) ", limits[limind].units, limits[limind].option);
+ else
+ sprintf (unitstr, "(-%c) ", limits[limind].option);
+
+ printf ("%-18s %16s", limits[limind].description, unitstr);
+ }
+ if (curlim == RLIM_INFINITY)
+ puts ("unlimited");
+ else if (curlim == RLIM_SAVED_MAX)
+ puts ("hard");
+ else if (curlim == RLIM_SAVED_CUR)
+ puts ("soft");
+ else
+ print_rlimtype ((curlim / limits[limind].block_factor), 1);
+}
+
+/* Set all limits to NEWLIM. NEWLIM currently must be RLIM_INFINITY, which
+ causes all limits to be set as high as possible depending on mode (like
+ csh `unlimit'). Returns -1 if NEWLIM is invalid, 0 if all limits
+ were set successfully, and 1 if at least one limit could not be set.
+
+ To raise all soft limits to their corresponding hard limits, use
+ ulimit -S -a unlimited
+ To attempt to raise all hard limits to infinity (superuser-only), use
+ ulimit -H -a unlimited
+ To attempt to raise all soft and hard limits to infinity, use
+ ulimit -a unlimited
+*/
+
+static int
+set_all_limits (mode, newlim)
+ int mode;
+ RLIMTYPE newlim;
+{
+ register int i;
+ int retval = 0;
+
+ if (newlim != RLIM_INFINITY)
+ {
+ errno = EINVAL;
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ if (mode == 0)
+ mode = LIMIT_SOFT|LIMIT_HARD;
+
+ for (retval = i = 0; limits[i].option > 0; i++)
+ if (set_limit (i, newlim, mode) < 0)
+ {
+ builtin_error ("%s: cannot modify limit: %s", limits[i].description,
+ strerror (errno));
+ retval = 1;
+ }
+ return retval;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_MINIX */
.\" Case Western Reserve University
.\" chet@po.CWRU.Edu
.\"
-.\" Last Change: Fri Aug 27 12:14:46 EDT 2004
+.\" Last Change: Fri Sep 17 22:44:17 EDT 2004
.\"
.\" bash_builtins, strip all but Built-Ins section
.if \n(zZ=1 .ig zZ
.if \n(zY=1 .ig zY
-.TH BASH 1 "2004 June 26" "GNU Bash-3.0"
+.TH BASH 1 "2004 Sep 17" "GNU Bash-3.0"
.\"
.\" There's some problem with having a `@'
.\" in a tagged paragraph with the BSD man macros.
An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files
corresponding to each member of \fBFUNCNAME\fP.
\fB${BASH_LINENO[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fP is the line number in the source
-file where \fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$i + 1\fP\fB]}\fP was called.
-The corresponding source file name is \fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i + 1\fP\fB]}\fB.
+file where \fB${FUNCNAME[\fP\fI$ifP\fB]}\fP was called.
+The corresponding source file name is \fB${BASH_SOURCE[\fP\fI$i\fP\fB]}\fB.
Use \fBLINENO\fP to obtain the current line number.
.TP
.B BASH_REMATCH
.B SIGHUP
to all jobs when an interactive login shell exits.
.PP
-If \Bbash\fP is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal
+If \fBbash\fP is waiting for a command to complete and receives a signal
for which a trap has been set, the trap will not be executed until
the command completes.
When \fBbash\fP is waiting for an asynchronous command via the \fBwait\fP
.B nospace
Tell readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at
the end of the line.
+.TP 8
+.B plusdirs
+After any matches defined by the compspec are generated,
+directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
.RE
.TP 8
\fB\-A\fP \fIaction\fP
An array variable whose members are the line numbers in source files
corresponding to each member of @var{FUNCNAME}.
@code{$@{BASH_LINENO[$i]@}} is the line number in the source file where
-@code{$@{FUNCNAME[$i + 1]@}} was called.
-The corresponding source file name is @code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i + 1]@}}.
+@code{$@{FUNCNAME[$i]@}} was called.
+The corresponding source file name is @code{$@{BASH_SOURCE[$i]@}}.
Use @code{LINENO} to obtain the current line number.
@item BASH_REMATCH
expansion occurs within double quotes, each parameter expands to a
separate word. That is, @code{"$@@"} is equivalent to
@code{"$1" "$2" @dots{}}.
+If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
+the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
+word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
+part of the original word.
When there are no positional parameters, @code{"$@@"} and
@code{$@@}
expand to nothing (i.e., they are removed).
conflicts with the shell's filename expansion operators. If the
@var{subscript} is @samp{@@} or @samp{*}, the word expands to all members
of the array @var{name}. These subscripts differ only when the word
-appears within double quotes. If the word is double-quoted,
+appears within double quotes.
+If the word is double-quoted,
@code{$@{name[*]@}} expands to a single word with
the value of each array member separated by the first character of the
@env{IFS} variable, and @code{$@{name[@@]@}} expands each element of
@var{name} to a separate word. When there are no array members,
-@code{$@{name[@@]@}} expands to nothing. This is analogous to the
+@code{$@{name[@@]@}} expands to nothing.
+If the double-quoted expansion occurs within a word, the expansion of
+the first parameter is joined with the beginning part of the original
+word, and the expansion of the last parameter is joined with the last
+part of the original word.
+This is analogous to the
expansion of the special parameters @samp{@@} and @samp{*}.
@code{$@{#name[}@var{subscript}@code{]@}} expands to the length of
@code{$@{name[}@var{subscript}@code{]@}}.
@set EDITION 3.0
@set VERSION 3.0
-@set UPDATED 11 September 2004
+@set UPDATED 17 September 2004
@set UPDATED-MONTH September 2004
-@set LASTCHANGE Sat Sep 11 10:13:36 EDT 2004
+@set LASTCHANGE Fri Sep 17 22:43:56 EDT 2004
@set EDITION 3.0
@set VERSION 3.0
-@set UPDATED 27 August 2004
-@set UPDATED-MONTH August 2004
+@set UPDATED 11 September 2004
+@set UPDATED-MONTH September 2004
-@set LASTCHANGE Fri Aug 27 12:15:06 EDT 2004
+@set LASTCHANGE Sat Sep 11 10:13:36 EDT 2004
extern char **strvec_from_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int, int *));
extern WORD_LIST *strvec_to_word_list __P((char **, int, int));
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strnlen.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRNLEN)
+extern size_t strnlen __P((const char *, size_t));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strpbrk.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRPBRK)
+extern char *strpbrk __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif
+
/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtod.c */
#if !defined (HAVE_STRTOD)
extern double strtod __P((const char *, char **));
--- /dev/null
+/* externs.h -- extern function declarations which do not appear in their
+ own header file. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+/* Make sure that this is included *after* config.h! */
+
+#if !defined (_EXTERNS_H_)
+# define _EXTERNS_H_
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/* Functions from expr.c. */
+extern intmax_t evalexp __P((char *, int *));
+
+/* Functions from print_cmd.c. */
+extern char *make_command_string __P((COMMAND *));
+extern char *named_function_string __P((char *, COMMAND *, int));
+
+extern void print_command __P((COMMAND *));
+extern void print_simple_command __P((SIMPLE_COM *));
+extern void print_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, char *));
+
+/* debugger support */
+extern void print_for_command_head __P((FOR_COM *));
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+extern void print_select_command_head __P((SELECT_COM *));
+#endif
+extern void print_case_command_head __P((CASE_COM *));
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+extern void print_arith_command __P((WORD_LIST *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+extern void print_cond_command __P((COND_COM *));
+#endif
+
+/* set -x support */
+extern char *indirection_level_string __P((void));
+extern void xtrace_print_assignment __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+extern void xtrace_print_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+extern void xtrace_print_for_command_head __P((FOR_COM *));
+#if defined (SELECT_COMMAND)
+extern void xtrace_print_select_command_head __P((SELECT_COM *));
+#endif
+extern void xtrace_print_case_command_head __P((CASE_COM *));
+#if defined (DPAREN_ARITHMETIC)
+extern void xtrace_print_arith_cmd __P((WORD_LIST *));
+#endif
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+extern void xtrace_print_cond_term __P((int, int, WORD_DESC *, char *, char *));
+#endif
+
+/* Functions from shell.c. */
+extern void exit_shell __P((int)) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+extern void sh_exit __P((int)) __attribute__((__noreturn__));
+extern void disable_priv_mode __P((void));
+extern void unbind_args __P((void));
+
+#if defined (RESTRICTED_SHELL)
+extern int shell_is_restricted __P((char *));
+extern int maybe_make_restricted __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+extern void unset_bash_input __P((int));
+extern void get_current_user_info __P((void));
+
+/* Functions from eval.c. */
+extern int reader_loop __P((void));
+extern int parse_command __P((void));
+extern int read_command __P((void));
+
+/* Functions from braces.c. */
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+extern char **brace_expand __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+/* Miscellaneous functions from parse.y */
+extern int yyparse __P((void));
+extern int return_EOF __P((void));
+extern void reset_parser __P((void));
+extern WORD_LIST *parse_string_to_word_list __P((char *, int, const char *));
+
+extern void free_pushed_string_input __P((void));
+
+extern char *decode_prompt_string __P((char *));
+
+extern int get_current_prompt_level __P((void));
+extern void set_current_prompt_level __P((int));
+
+#if defined (HISTORY)
+extern char *history_delimiting_chars __P((void));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in locale.c */
+extern void set_default_locale __P((void));
+extern void set_default_locale_vars __P((void));
+extern int set_locale_var __P((char *, char *));
+extern int set_lang __P((char *, char *));
+extern char *get_locale_var __P((char *));
+extern char *localetrans __P((char *, int, int *));
+extern char *mk_msgstr __P((char *, int *));
+extern char *localeexpand __P((char *, int, int, int, int *));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in list.c. */
+extern void list_walk __P((GENERIC_LIST *, sh_glist_func_t *));
+extern void wlist_walk __P((WORD_LIST *, sh_icpfunc_t *));
+extern GENERIC_LIST *list_reverse ();
+extern int list_length ();
+extern GENERIC_LIST *list_append ();
+extern GENERIC_LIST *list_remove ();
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in stringlib.c */
+extern int find_string_in_alist __P((char *, STRING_INT_ALIST *, int));
+extern char *find_token_in_alist __P((int, STRING_INT_ALIST *, int));
+extern int find_index_in_alist __P((char *, STRING_INT_ALIST *, int));
+
+extern char *substring __P((char *, int, int));
+extern char *strsub __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+extern char *strcreplace __P((char *, int, char *, int));
+extern void strip_leading __P((char *));
+extern void strip_trailing __P((char *, int, int));
+extern void xbcopy __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+/* Functions from version.c. */
+extern char *shell_version_string __P((void));
+extern void show_shell_version __P((int));
+
+/* Functions from the bash library, lib/sh/libsh.a. These should really
+ go into a separate include file. */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/clktck.c */
+extern long get_clk_tck __P((void));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/clock.c */
+extern void clock_t_to_secs ();
+extern void print_clock_t ();
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fmtulong.c */
+#define FL_PREFIX 0x01 /* add 0x, 0X, or 0 prefix as appropriate */
+#define FL_ADDBASE 0x02 /* add base# prefix to converted value */
+#define FL_HEXUPPER 0x04 /* use uppercase when converting to hex */
+#define FL_UNSIGNED 0x08 /* don't add any sign */
+
+extern char *fmtulong __P((unsigned long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fmtulong.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG)
+extern char *fmtullong __P((unsigned long long int, int, char *, size_t, int));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/fmtumax.c */
+extern char *fmtumax __P((uintmax_t, int, char *, size_t, int));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/getcwd.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETCWD)
+extern char *getcwd __P((char *, size_t));
+#endif
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/itos.c */
+extern char *inttostr __P((intmax_t, char *, size_t));
+extern char *itos __P((intmax_t));
+extern char *uinttostr __P((uintmax_t, char *, size_t));
+extern char *uitos __P((uintmax_t));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/makepath.c */
+#define MP_DOTILDE 0x01
+#define MP_DOCWD 0x02
+#define MP_RMDOT 0x04
+
+extern char *sh_makepath __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/netconn.c */
+extern int isnetconn __P((int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/netopen.c */
+extern int netopen __P((char *));
+
+/* Declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/oslib.c */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DUP2) || defined (DUP2_BROKEN)
+extern int dup2 __P((int, int));
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE)
+extern int getdtablesize __P((void));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETDTABLESIZE */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETHOSTNAME)
+extern int gethostname __P((char *, int));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETHOSTNAME */
+
+extern int getmaxgroups __P((void));
+extern long getmaxchild __P((void));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/pathcanon.c */
+#define PATH_CHECKDOTDOT 0x0001
+#define PATH_CHECKEXISTS 0x0002
+#define PATH_HARDPATH 0x0004
+#define PATH_NOALLOC 0x0008
+
+extern char *sh_canonpath __P((char *, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/pathphys.c */
+extern char *sh_physpath __P((char *, int));
+extern char *sh_realpath __P((const char *, char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/setlinebuf.c */
+#ifdef NEED_SH_SETLINEBUF_DECL
+extern int sh_setlinebuf __P((FILE *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/shmatch.c */
+extern int sh_regmatch __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+
+/* defines for flags argument to sh_regmatch. */
+#define SHMAT_SUBEXP 0x001 /* save subexpressions in SH_REMATCH */
+#define SHMAT_PWARN 0x002 /* print a warning message on invalid regexp */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/shquote.c */
+extern char *sh_single_quote __P((char *));
+extern char *sh_double_quote __P((char *));
+extern char *sh_un_double_quote __P((char *));
+extern char *sh_backslash_quote __P((char *));
+extern char *sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes __P((char *));
+extern int sh_contains_shell_metas __P((char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/spell.c */
+extern int spname __P((char *, char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strcasecmp.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRCASECMP)
+extern int strncasecmp __P((const char *, const char *, int));
+extern int strcasecmp __P((const char *, const char *));
+#endif /* HAVE_STRCASECMP */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strerror.c */
+#if !defined (strerror)
+extern char *strerror __P((int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strftime.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRFTIME) && defined (NEED_STRFTIME_DECL)
+extern size_t strftime __P((char *, size_t, const char *, const struct tm *));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strindex.c */
+extern char *strindex __P((const char *, const char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions and structures defined in lib/sh/stringlist.c */
+
+/* This is a general-purpose argv-style array struct. */
+typedef struct _list_of_strings {
+ char **list;
+ int list_size;
+ int list_len;
+} STRINGLIST;
+
+typedef int sh_strlist_map_func_t __P((char *));
+
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_create __P((int));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_resize __P((STRINGLIST *, int));
+extern void strlist_flush __P((STRINGLIST *));
+extern void strlist_dispose __P((STRINGLIST *));
+extern int strlist_remove __P((STRINGLIST *, char *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_copy __P((STRINGLIST *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_merge __P((STRINGLIST *, STRINGLIST *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_append __P((STRINGLIST *, STRINGLIST *));
+extern STRINGLIST *strlist_prefix_suffix __P((STRINGLIST *, char *, char *));
+extern void strlist_print __P((STRINGLIST *, char *));
+extern void strlist_walk __P((STRINGLIST *, sh_strlist_map_func_t *));
+extern void strlist_sort __P((STRINGLIST *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/stringvec.c */
+
+extern char **strvec_create __P((int));
+extern char **strvec_resize __P((char **, int));
+extern void strvec_flush __P((char **));
+extern void strvec_dispose __P((char **));
+extern int strvec_remove __P((char **, char *));
+extern int strvec_len __P((char **));
+extern int strvec_search __P((char **, char *));
+extern char **strvec_copy __P((char **));
+extern int strvec_strcmp __P((char **, char **));
+extern void strvec_sort __P((char **));
+
+extern char **strvec_from_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int, int, int *));
+extern WORD_LIST *strvec_to_word_list __P((char **, int, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtod.c */
+#if !defined (HAVE_STRTOD)
+extern double strtod __P((const char *, char **));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtol.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
+extern long strtol __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtoll.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
+extern long long strtoll __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtoul.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
+extern unsigned long strtoul __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtoull.c */
+#if defined (HAVE_LONG_LONG) && !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
+extern unsigned long long strtoull __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strimax.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX
+extern intmax_t strtoimax __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strumax.c */
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX
+extern uintmax_t strtoumax __P((const char *, char **, int));
+#endif
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/strtrans.c */
+extern char *ansicstr __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+extern char *ansic_quote __P((char *, int, int *));
+extern int ansic_shouldquote __P((const char *));
+extern char *ansiexpand __P((char *, int, int, int *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/timeval.c. No prototypes
+ so we don't have to count on having a definition of struct timeval in
+ scope when this file is included. */
+extern void timeval_to_secs ();
+extern void print_timeval ();
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/tmpfile.c */
+#define MT_USETMPDIR 0x0001
+#define MT_READWRITE 0x0002
+#define MT_USERANDOM 0x0004
+
+extern char *sh_mktmpname __P((char *, int));
+extern int sh_mktmpfd __P((char *, int, char **));
+/* extern FILE *sh_mktmpfp __P((char *, int, char **)); */
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/xstrchr.c */
+#undef xstrchr
+extern char *xstrchr __P((const char *, int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zcatfd.c */
+extern int zcatfd __P((int, int, char *));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zread.c */
+extern ssize_t zread __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadintr __P((int, char *, size_t));
+extern ssize_t zreadc __P((int, char *));
+extern void zreset __P((void));
+extern void zsyncfd __P((int));
+
+/* declarations for functions defined in lib/sh/zwrite.c */
+extern int zwrite __P((int, char *, size_t));
+
+#endif /* _EXTERNS_H_ */
#define MBSLEN(s) (((s) && (s)[0]) ? ((s)[1] ? mbstrlen (s) : 1) : 0)
#define MB_STRLEN(s) ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? MBSLEN (s) : STRLEN (s))
+#define MBLEN(s, n) ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? mblen ((s), (n)) : 1)
+#define MBRLEN(s, n, p) ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? mbrlen ((s), (n), (p)) : 1)
+
#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
#undef MB_LEN_MAX
#define MB_STRLEN(s) (STRLEN(s))
+#define MBLEN(s, n) 1
+#define MBRLEN(s, n, p) 1
+
#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
/* Declare and initialize a multibyte state. Call must be terminated
#define MB_NULLWCH(x) ((x) == 0)
#endif
-#define MB_STRLEN(s) ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? mb_strlen (s) : STRLEN (s))
+#define MBSLEN(s) (((s) && (s)[0]) ? ((s)[1] ? mbstrlen (s) : 1) : 0)
+#define MB_STRLEN(s) ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1) ? MBSLEN (s) : STRLEN (s))
#else /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
rl_completion_found_quote &&
rl_filename_quoting_desired)
{
- dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) ((char *)text, rl_completion_quote_character);
text = dtext;
}
: stat (filename, &finfo);
if (s == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
{
- if (_rl_complete_mark_directories)
+ if (_rl_complete_mark_directories /* && rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 */)
{
/* This is clumsy. Avoid putting in a double slash if point
is at the end of the line and the previous character is a
--- /dev/null
+/* complete.c -- filename completion for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+ and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+ of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+ is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not
+ have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include <pwd.h>
+
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+# define LSTAT lstat
+#else
+# define LSTAT stat
+#endif
+
+/* Unix version of a hidden file. Could be different on other systems. */
+#define HIDDEN_FILE(fname) ((fname)[0] == '.')
+
+/* Most systems don't declare getpwent in <pwd.h> if _POSIX_SOURCE is
+ defined. */
+#if !defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS) || defined (_POSIX_SOURCE)
+extern struct passwd *getpwent PARAMS((void));
+#endif /* !HAVE_GETPW_DECLS || _POSIX_SOURCE */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+ This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+ It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+ where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+ number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+ longest string in that array. */
+rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook = (rl_compdisp_func_t *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+# if !defined (X_OK)
+# define X_OK 1
+# endif
+static int stat_char PARAMS((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int path_isdir PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *rl_quote_filename PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+static void set_completion_defaults PARAMS((int));
+static int get_y_or_n PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_internal_pager PARAMS((int));
+static char *printable_part PARAMS((char *));
+static int fnwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int fnprint PARAMS((const char *));
+static int print_filename PARAMS((char *, char *));
+
+static char **gen_completion_matches PARAMS((char *, int, int, rl_compentry_func_t *, int, int));
+
+static char **remove_duplicate_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static void insert_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *));
+static int append_to_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+static void insert_all_matches PARAMS((char **, int, char *));
+static void display_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static int compute_lcd_of_matches PARAMS((char **, int, const char *));
+static int postprocess_matches PARAMS((char ***, int));
+
+static char *make_quoted_replacement PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Completion matching, from readline's point of view. */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Variables known only to the readline library. */
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions always show the list of matches. */
+int _rl_complete_show_all = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions show the list of matches, unless it
+ is not possible to do partial completion and modify the line. */
+int _rl_complete_show_unmodified = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completed directory names have a slash appended. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_directories = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, the symlinked directory completion behavior introduced in
+ readline-4.2a is disabled, and symlinks that point to directories have
+ a slash appended (subject to the value of _rl_complete_mark_directories).
+ This is user-settable via the mark-symlinked-directories variable. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completions are printed horizontally in alphabetical order,
+ like `ls -x'. */
+int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+
+/* Non-zero means that case is not significant in filename completion. */
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__DJGPP__)
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 1;
+#else
+int _rl_completion_case_fold;
+#endif
+
+/* If non-zero, don't match hidden files (filenames beginning with a `.' on
+ Unix) when doing filename completion. */
+int _rl_match_hidden_files = 1;
+
+/* Global variables available to applications using readline. */
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Non-zero means add an additional character to each filename displayed
+ during listing completion iff rl_filename_completion_desired which helps
+ to indicate the type of file being listed. */
+int rl_visible_stats = 0;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+ completing on a directory name. The function is called with
+ the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg. */
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means readline completion functions perform tilde expansion. */
+int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+ NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default filename
+ completer. */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+ Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+ START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+ of TEXT are.
+ If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+ rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+ array of strings returned. */
+rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+ user-specified completion function has been called. */
+int rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+
+/* Set to a character indicating the type of completion being performed
+ by rl_complete_internal, available for use by application completion
+ functions. */
+int rl_completion_type = 0;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+ possible-completions call. After that, we ask the user if
+ she is sure she wants to see them all. */
+int rl_completion_query_items = 100;
+
+int _rl_page_completions = 1;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+ completer routine. The contents of this variable is what breaks words
+ in the shell, i.e. " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=" */
+const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("; /* }) */
+
+/* List of basic quoting characters. */
+const char *rl_basic_quote_characters = "\"'";
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+ rl_complete_internal. The default list is the contents of
+ rl_basic_word_break_characters. */
+/*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (/*const*/ char *)NULL;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+ break characters before readline breaks up the line. Allows
+ position-dependent word break characters. */
+rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook = (rl_cpvfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+ Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+ rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+ unless they also appear within this list. */
+const char *rl_completer_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that should be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+const char *rl_filename_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+ in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function. The shell uses
+ this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+const char *rl_special_prefixes = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+ as filenames. This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+ within a completion entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+ double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+ filename contains any characters in rl_filename_quote_chars. This is
+ ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+ entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+
+/* This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real
+ filename completion is done, after all the matching names have been
+ generated. It is passed a (char**) known as matches in the code below.
+ It consists of a NULL-terminated array of pointers to potential
+ matching strings. The 1st element (matches[0]) is the maximal
+ substring that is common to all matches. This function can re-arrange
+ the list of matches as required, but all elements of the array must be
+ free()'d if they are deleted. The main intent of this function is
+ to implement FIGNORE a la SunOS csh. */
+rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function = (rl_compignore_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+ Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+ and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+ reset if desired. */
+rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function = rl_quote_filename;
+
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename. Called
+ before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+ with matching names in the file system. Readline doesn't do anything
+ with this; it's set only by applications. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+ quoted. If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+ completer. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p = (rl_linebuf_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append anything except a
+ possible closing quote. This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and
+ may be changed by an application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line. The
+ default is a space. */
+int rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+ This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+ application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+ completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+ be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+ symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+ mark-directories variable (which is user-settable). This exists so
+ that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+ (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+ It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+ rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+ function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+ preferences are honored. */
+int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, inhibit completion (temporarily). */
+int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Variables local to this file. */
+
+/* Local variable states what happened during the last completion attempt. */
+static int completion_changed_buffer;
+
+/*************************************/
+/* */
+/* Bindable completion functions */
+/* */
+/*************************************/
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point. You have supplied the function
+ that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+ rl_completion_matches ()). The default is to do filename completion. */
+int
+rl_complete (ignore, invoking_key)
+ int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+ if (rl_inhibit_completion)
+ return (_rl_insert_char (ignore, invoking_key));
+ else if (rl_last_func == rl_complete && !completion_changed_buffer)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('!'));
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('@'));
+ else
+ return (rl_complete_internal (TAB));
+}
+
+/* List the possible completions. See description of rl_complete (). */
+int
+rl_possible_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+ int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+ int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+ return (rl_complete_internal ('*'));
+}
+
+/* Return the correct value to pass to rl_complete_internal performing
+ the same tests as rl_complete. This allows consecutive calls to an
+ application's completion function to list possible completions and for
+ an application-specific completion function to honor the
+ show-all-if-ambiguous readline variable. */
+int
+rl_completion_mode (cfunc)
+ rl_command_func_t *cfunc;
+{
+ if (rl_last_func == cfunc && !completion_changed_buffer)
+ return '?';
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+ return '!';
+ else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+ return '@';
+ else
+ return TAB;
+}
+
+/************************************/
+/* */
+/* Completion utility functions */
+/* */
+/************************************/
+
+/* Set default values for readline word completion. These are the variables
+ that application completion functions can change or inspect. */
+static void
+set_completion_defaults (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+ rl_completion_type = what_to_do;
+ rl_completion_suppress_append = rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+ /* The completion entry function may optionally change this. */
+ rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs = _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+}
+
+/* The user must press "y" or "n". Non-zero return means "y" pressed. */
+static int
+get_y_or_n (for_pager)
+ int for_pager;
+{
+ int c;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+ c = rl_read_key ();
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+ if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y' || c == ' ')
+ return (1);
+ if (c == 'n' || c == 'N' || c == RUBOUT)
+ return (0);
+ if (c == ABORT_CHAR)
+ _rl_abort_internal ();
+ if (for_pager && (c == NEWLINE || c == RETURN))
+ return (2);
+ if (for_pager && (c == 'q' || c == 'Q'))
+ return (0);
+ rl_ding ();
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_internal_pager (lines)
+ int lines;
+{
+ int i;
+
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "--More--");
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ i = get_y_or_n (1);
+ _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+ if (i == 0)
+ return -1;
+ else if (i == 2)
+ return (lines - 1);
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+path_isdir (filename)
+ const char *filename;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ return (stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode));
+}
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Return the character which best describes FILENAME.
+ `@' for symbolic links
+ `/' for directories
+ `*' for executables
+ `=' for sockets
+ `|' for FIFOs
+ `%' for character special devices
+ `#' for block special devices */
+static int
+stat_char (filename)
+ char *filename;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+ int character, r;
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT) && defined (S_ISLNK)
+ r = lstat (filename, &finfo);
+#else
+ r = stat (filename, &finfo);
+#endif
+
+ if (r == -1)
+ return (0);
+
+ character = 0;
+ if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '/';
+#if defined (S_ISCHR)
+ else if (S_ISCHR (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '%';
+#endif /* S_ISCHR */
+#if defined (S_ISBLK)
+ else if (S_ISBLK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '#';
+#endif /* S_ISBLK */
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+ else if (S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '@';
+#endif /* S_ISLNK */
+#if defined (S_ISSOCK)
+ else if (S_ISSOCK (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '=';
+#endif /* S_ISSOCK */
+#if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+ else if (S_ISFIFO (finfo.st_mode))
+ character = '|';
+#endif
+ else if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))
+ {
+ if (access (filename, X_OK) == 0)
+ character = '*';
+ }
+ return (character);
+}
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+/* Return the portion of PATHNAME that should be output when listing
+ possible completions. If we are hacking filename completion, we
+ are only interested in the basename, the portion following the
+ final slash. Otherwise, we return what we were passed. Since
+ printing empty strings is not very informative, if we're doing
+ filename completion, and the basename is the empty string, we look
+ for the previous slash and return the portion following that. If
+ there's no previous slash, we just return what we were passed. */
+static char *
+printable_part (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ char *temp, *x;
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired == 0) /* don't need to do anything */
+ return (pathname);
+
+ temp = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ if (temp == 0 && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)pathname[0]) && pathname[1] == ':')
+ temp = pathname + 1;
+#endif
+
+ if (temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ return (pathname);
+ /* If the basename is NULL, we might have a pathname like '/usr/src/'.
+ Look for a previous slash and, if one is found, return the portion
+ following that slash. If there's no previous slash, just return the
+ pathname we were passed. */
+ else if (temp[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ for (x = temp - 1; x > pathname; x--)
+ if (*x == '/')
+ break;
+ return ((*x == '/') ? x + 1 : pathname);
+ }
+ else
+ return ++temp;
+}
+
+/* Compute width of STRING when displayed on screen by print_filename */
+static int
+fnwidth (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ int width, pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ int left, w;
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ left = strlen (string) + 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ width = pos = 0;
+ while (string[pos])
+ {
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (*string) || *string == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ width += 2;
+ pos++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = mbrtowc (&wc, string + pos, left - pos, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (clen))
+ {
+ width++;
+ pos++;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (clen))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ pos += clen;
+ w = wcwidth (wc);
+ width += (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+ }
+#else
+ width++;
+ pos++;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ return width;
+}
+
+static int
+fnprint (to_print)
+ const char *to_print;
+{
+ int printed_len;
+ const char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ const char *end;
+ size_t tlen;
+ int width, w;
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ end = to_print + strlen (to_print) + 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+ printed_len = 0;
+ s = to_print;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (CTRL_CHAR (*s))
+ {
+ putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+ putc (UNCTRL (*s), rl_outstream);
+ printed_len += 2;
+ s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (*s == RUBOUT)
+ {
+ putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+ putc ('?', rl_outstream);
+ printed_len += 2;
+ s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ tlen = mbrtowc (&wc, s, end - s, &ps);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (tlen))
+ {
+ tlen = 1;
+ width = 1;
+ memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+ else if (MB_NULLWCH (tlen))
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ w = wcwidth (wc);
+ width = (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+ }
+ fwrite (s, 1, tlen, rl_outstream);
+ s += tlen;
+ printed_len += width;
+#else
+ putc (*s, rl_outstream);
+ s++;
+ printed_len++;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ return printed_len;
+}
+
+/* Output TO_PRINT to rl_outstream. If VISIBLE_STATS is defined and we
+ are using it, check for and output a single character for `special'
+ filenames. Return the number of characters we output. */
+
+static int
+print_filename (to_print, full_pathname)
+ char *to_print, *full_pathname;
+{
+ int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
+ char *s, c, *new_full_pathname;
+
+ extension_char = 0;
+ printed_len = fnprint (to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && (rl_visible_stats || _rl_complete_mark_directories))
+#else
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired && _rl_complete_mark_directories)
+#endif
+ {
+ /* If to_print != full_pathname, to_print is the basename of the
+ path passed. In this case, we try to expand the directory
+ name before checking for the stat character. */
+ if (to_print != full_pathname)
+ {
+ /* Terminate the directory name. */
+ c = to_print[-1];
+ to_print[-1] = '\0';
+
+ /* If setting the last slash in full_pathname to a NUL results in
+ full_pathname being the empty string, we are trying to complete
+ files in the root directory. If we pass a null string to the
+ bash directory completion hook, for example, it will expand it
+ to the current directory. We just want the `/'. */
+ s = tilde_expand (full_pathname && *full_pathname ? full_pathname : "/");
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&s);
+
+ slen = strlen (s);
+ tlen = strlen (to_print);
+ new_full_pathname = (char *)xmalloc (slen + tlen + 2);
+ strcpy (new_full_pathname, s);
+ new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+ strcpy (new_full_pathname + slen + 1, to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_visible_stats)
+ extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+ extension_char = '/';
+
+ free (new_full_pathname);
+ to_print[-1] = c;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ s = tilde_expand (full_pathname);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+ if (rl_visible_stats)
+ extension_char = stat_char (s);
+ else
+#endif
+ if (path_isdir (s))
+ extension_char = '/';
+ }
+
+ free (s);
+ if (extension_char)
+ {
+ putc (extension_char, rl_outstream);
+ printed_len++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return printed_len;
+}
+
+static char *
+rl_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp)
+ char *s;
+ int rtype;
+ char *qcp;
+{
+ char *r;
+
+ r = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
+ *r = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+ strcpy (r + 1, s);
+ if (qcp)
+ *qcp = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+ return r;
+}
+
+/* Find the bounds of the current word for completion purposes, and leave
+ rl_point set to the end of the word. This function skips quoted
+ substrings (characters between matched pairs of characters in
+ rl_completer_quote_characters). First we try to find an unclosed
+ quoted substring on which to do matching. If one is not found, we use
+ the word break characters to find the boundaries of the current word.
+ We call an application-specific function to decide whether or not a
+ particular word break character is quoted; if that function returns a
+ non-zero result, the character does not break a word. This function
+ returns the opening quote character if we found an unclosed quoted
+ substring, '\0' otherwise. FP, if non-null, is set to a value saying
+ which (shell-like) quote characters we found (single quote, double
+ quote, or backslash) anywhere in the string. DP, if non-null, is set to
+ the value of the delimiter character that caused a word break. */
+
+char
+_rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
+ int *fp, *dp;
+{
+ int scan, end, found_quote, delimiter, pass_next, isbrk;
+ char quote_char, *brkchars;
+
+ end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ brkchars = 0;
+ if (rl_completion_word_break_hook)
+ brkchars = (*rl_completion_word_break_hook) ();
+ if (brkchars == 0)
+ brkchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+ if (rl_completer_quote_characters)
+ {
+ /* We have a list of characters which can be used in pairs to
+ quote substrings for the completer. Try to find the start
+ of an unclosed quoted substring. */
+ /* FOUND_QUOTE is set so we know what kind of quotes we found. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end;
+ scan = ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+ ? (scan + 1)
+ : _rl_find_next_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, scan, 1, MB_FIND_ANY)))
+#else
+ for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end; scan++)
+#endif
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Shell-like semantics for single quotes -- don't allow backslash
+ to quote anything in single quotes, especially not the closing
+ quote. If you don't like this, take out the check on the value
+ of quote_char. */
+ if (quote_char != '\'' && rl_line_buffer[scan] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_BACKSLASH;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (quote_char != '\0')
+ {
+ /* Ignore everything until the matching close quote char. */
+ if (rl_line_buffer[scan] == quote_char)
+ {
+ /* Found matching close. Abandon this substring. */
+ quote_char = '\0';
+ rl_point = end;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, rl_line_buffer[scan]))
+ {
+ /* Found start of a quoted substring. */
+ quote_char = rl_line_buffer[scan];
+ rl_point = scan + 1;
+ /* Shell-like quoting conventions. */
+ if (quote_char == '\'')
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE;
+ else if (quote_char == '"')
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE;
+ else
+ found_quote |= RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (rl_point == end && quote_char == '\0')
+ {
+ /* We didn't find an unclosed quoted substring upon which to do
+ completion, so use the word break characters to find the
+ substring on which to complete. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ while (rl_point = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_ANY))
+#else
+ while (--rl_point)
+#endif
+ {
+ scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+ if (strchr (brkchars, scan) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Call the application-specific function to tell us whether
+ this word break character is quoted and should be skipped. */
+ if (rl_char_is_quoted_p && found_quote &&
+ (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Convoluted code, but it avoids an n^2 algorithm with calls
+ to char_is_quoted. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If we are at an unquoted word break, then advance past it. */
+ scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+ /* If there is an application-specific function to say whether or not
+ a character is quoted and we found a quote character, let that
+ function decide whether or not a character is a word break, even
+ if it is found in rl_completer_word_break_characters. Don't bother
+ if we're at the end of the line, though. */
+ if (scan)
+ {
+ if (rl_char_is_quoted_p)
+ isbrk = (found_quote == 0 ||
+ (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point) == 0) &&
+ strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+ else
+ isbrk = strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+
+ if (isbrk)
+ {
+ /* If the character that caused the word break was a quoting
+ character, then remember it as the delimiter. */
+ if (rl_basic_quote_characters &&
+ strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, scan) &&
+ (end - rl_point) > 1)
+ delimiter = scan;
+
+ /* If the character isn't needed to determine something special
+ about what kind of completion to perform, then advance past it. */
+ if (rl_special_prefixes == 0 || strchr (rl_special_prefixes, scan) == 0)
+ rl_point++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (fp)
+ *fp = found_quote;
+ if (dp)
+ *dp = delimiter;
+
+ return (quote_char);
+}
+
+static char **
+gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char)
+ char *text;
+ int start, end;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int found_quote, quote_char;
+{
+ char **matches, *temp;
+
+ rl_completion_found_quote = found_quote;
+ rl_completion_quote_character = quote_char;
+
+ /* If the user wants to TRY to complete, but then wants to give
+ up and use the default completion function, they set the
+ variable rl_attempted_completion_function. */
+ if (rl_attempted_completion_function)
+ {
+ matches = (*rl_attempted_completion_function) (text, start, end);
+
+ if (matches || rl_attempted_completion_over)
+ {
+ rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+ return (matches);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Beware -- we're stripping the quotes here. Do this only if we know
+ we are doing filename completion and the application has defined a
+ filename dequoting function. */
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (found_quote && our_func == rl_filename_completion_function &&
+ rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+ {
+ /* delete single and double quotes */
+ temp = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (text, quote_char);
+ text = temp; /* not freeing text is not a memory leak */
+ }
+
+ matches = rl_completion_matches (text, our_func);
+ FREE (temp);
+ return matches;
+}
+
+/* Filter out duplicates in MATCHES. This frees up the strings in
+ MATCHES. */
+static char **
+remove_duplicate_matches (matches)
+ char **matches;
+{
+ char *lowest_common;
+ int i, j, newlen;
+ char dead_slot;
+ char **temp_array;
+
+ /* Sort the items. */
+ for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+ ;
+
+ /* Sort the array without matches[0], since we need it to
+ stay in place no matter what. */
+ if (i)
+ qsort (matches+1, i-1, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ /* Remember the lowest common denominator for it may be unique. */
+ lowest_common = savestring (matches[0]);
+
+ for (i = newlen = 0; matches[i + 1]; i++)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (matches[i], matches[i + 1]) == 0)
+ {
+ free (matches[i]);
+ matches[i] = (char *)&dead_slot;
+ }
+ else
+ newlen++;
+ }
+
+ /* We have marked all the dead slots with (char *)&dead_slot.
+ Copy all the non-dead entries into a new array. */
+ temp_array = (char **)xmalloc ((3 + newlen) * sizeof (char *));
+ for (i = j = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (matches[i] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+ temp_array[j++] = matches[i];
+ }
+ temp_array[j] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (matches[0] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+ free (matches[0]);
+
+ /* Place the lowest common denominator back in [0]. */
+ temp_array[0] = lowest_common;
+
+ /* If there is one string left, and it is identical to the
+ lowest common denominator, then the LCD is the string to
+ insert. */
+ if (j == 2 && strcmp (temp_array[0], temp_array[1]) == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp_array[1]);
+ temp_array[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp_array);
+}
+
+/* Find the common prefix of the list of matches, and put it into
+ matches[0]. */
+static int
+compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
+ char **match_list;
+ int matches;
+ const char *text;
+{
+ register int i, c1, c2, si;
+ int low; /* Count of max-matched characters. */
+ char *dtext; /* dequoted TEXT, if needed */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int v;
+ mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+ wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+ /* If only one match, just use that. Otherwise, compare each
+ member of the list with the next, finding out where they
+ stop matching. */
+ if (matches == 1)
+ {
+ match_list[0] = match_list[1];
+ match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 1, low = 100000; i < matches; i++)
+ {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ }
+#endif
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ for (si = 0;
+ (c1 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i][si])) &&
+ (c2 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i + 1][si]));
+ si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ v = mbrtowc (&wc1, match_list[i]+si, strlen (match_list[i]+si), &ps1);
+ mbrtowc (&wc2, match_list[i+1]+si, strlen (match_list[i+1]+si), &ps2);
+ wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+ wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+ if (wc1 != wc2)
+ break;
+ else if (v > 1)
+ si += v - 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (si = 0;
+ (c1 = match_list[i][si]) &&
+ (c2 = match_list[i + 1][si]);
+ si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+ {
+ mbstate_t ps_back = ps1;
+ if (!_rl_compare_chars (match_list[i], si, &ps1, match_list[i+1], si, &ps2))
+ break;
+ else if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (&match_list[i][si], &ps_back)) > 1)
+ si += v - 1;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ if (c1 != c2)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (low > si)
+ low = si;
+ }
+
+ /* If there were multiple matches, but none matched up to even the
+ first character, and the user typed something, use that as the
+ value of matches[0]. */
+ if (low == 0 && text && *text)
+ {
+ match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (text) + 1);
+ strcpy (match_list[0], text);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (low + 1);
+
+ /* XXX - this might need changes in the presence of multibyte chars */
+
+ /* If we are ignoring case, try to preserve the case of the string
+ the user typed in the face of multiple matches differing in case. */
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ /* We're making an assumption here:
+ IF we're completing filenames AND
+ the application has defined a filename dequoting function AND
+ we found a quote character AND
+ the application has requested filename quoting
+ THEN
+ we assume that TEXT was dequoted before checking against
+ the file system and needs to be dequoted here before we
+ check against the list of matches
+ FI */
+ dtext = (char *)NULL;
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+ rl_filename_dequoting_function &&
+ rl_completion_found_quote &&
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired)
+ {
+ dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) ((char *)text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+ text = dtext;
+ }
+
+ /* sort the list to get consistent answers. */
+ qsort (match_list+1, matches, sizeof(char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ si = strlen (text);
+ if (si <= low)
+ {
+ for (i = 1; i <= matches; i++)
+ if (strncmp (match_list[i], text, si) == 0)
+ {
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[i], low);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* no casematch, use first entry */
+ if (i > matches)
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+ }
+ else
+ /* otherwise, just use the text the user typed. */
+ strncpy (match_list[0], text, low);
+
+ FREE (dtext);
+ }
+ else
+ strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+ match_list[0][low] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ return matches;
+}
+
+static int
+postprocess_matches (matchesp, matching_filenames)
+ char ***matchesp;
+ int matching_filenames;
+{
+ char *t, **matches, **temp_matches;
+ int nmatch, i;
+
+ matches = *matchesp;
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* It seems to me that in all the cases we handle we would like
+ to ignore duplicate possiblilities. Scan for the text to
+ insert being identical to the other completions. */
+ if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates)
+ {
+ temp_matches = remove_duplicate_matches (matches);
+ free (matches);
+ matches = temp_matches;
+ }
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, then here is our chance to
+ do clever processing by re-examining the list. Call the
+ ignore function with the array as a parameter. It can
+ munge the array, deleting matches as it desires. */
+ if (rl_ignore_some_completions_function && matching_filenames)
+ {
+ for (nmatch = 1; matches[nmatch]; nmatch++)
+ ;
+ (void)(*rl_ignore_some_completions_function) (matches);
+ if (matches == 0 || matches[0] == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (matches);
+ *matchesp = (char **)0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If we removed some matches, recompute the common prefix. */
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ ;
+ if (i > 1 && i < nmatch)
+ {
+ t = matches[0];
+ compute_lcd_of_matches (matches, i - 1, t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ *matchesp = matches;
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+ columnar format on readline's output stream. MATCHES is the list
+ of strings, in argv format, LEN is the number of strings in MATCHES,
+ and MAX is the length of the longest string in MATCHES. */
+void
+rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max)
+ char **matches;
+ int len, max;
+{
+ int count, limit, printed_len, lines;
+ int i, j, k, l;
+ char *temp;
+
+ /* How many items of MAX length can we fit in the screen window? */
+ max += 2;
+ limit = _rl_screenwidth / max;
+ if (limit != 1 && (limit * max == _rl_screenwidth))
+ limit--;
+
+ /* Avoid a possible floating exception. If max > _rl_screenwidth,
+ limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */
+ if (limit == 0)
+ limit = 1;
+
+ /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */
+ count = (len + (limit - 1)) / limit;
+
+ /* Watch out for special case. If LEN is less than LIMIT, then
+ just do the inner printing loop.
+ 0 < len <= limit implies count = 1. */
+
+ /* Sort the items if they are not already sorted. */
+ if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates == 0)
+ qsort (matches + 1, len, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ lines = 0;
+ if (_rl_print_completions_horizontally == 0)
+ {
+ /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically, like ls. */
+ for (i = 1; i <= count; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++)
+ {
+ if (l > len || matches[l] == 0)
+ break;
+ else
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[l]);
+ printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[l]);
+
+ if (j + 1 < limit)
+ for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ }
+ l += count;
+ }
+ rl_crlf ();
+ lines++;
+ if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= (_rl_screenheight - 1) && i < count)
+ {
+ lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+ if (lines < 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Print the sorted items, across alphabetically, like ls -x. */
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+ printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[i]);
+ /* Have we reached the end of this line? */
+ if (matches[i+1])
+ {
+ if (i && (limit > 1) && (i % limit) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ lines++;
+ if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= _rl_screenheight - 1)
+ {
+ lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+ if (lines < 0)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+ putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+ }
+ }
+ rl_crlf ();
+ }
+}
+
+/* Display MATCHES, a list of matching filenames in argv format. This
+ handles the simple case -- a single match -- first. If there is more
+ than one match, we compute the number of strings in the list and the
+ length of the longest string, which will be needed by the display
+ function. If the application wants to handle displaying the list of
+ matches itself, it sets RL_COMPLETION_DISPLAY_MATCHES_HOOK to the
+ address of a function, and we just call it. If we're handling the
+ display ourselves, we just call rl_display_match_list. We also check
+ that the list of matches doesn't exceed the user-settable threshold,
+ and ask the user if he wants to see the list if there are more matches
+ than RL_COMPLETION_QUERY_ITEMS. */
+static void
+display_matches (matches)
+ char **matches;
+{
+ int len, max, i;
+ char *temp;
+
+ /* Move to the last visible line of a possibly-multiple-line command. */
+ _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+ /* Handle simple case first. What if there is only one answer? */
+ if (matches[1] == 0)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[0]);
+ rl_crlf ();
+ print_filename (temp, matches[0]);
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* There is more than one answer. Find out how many there are,
+ and find the maximum printed length of a single entry. */
+ for (max = 0, i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+ len = fnwidth (temp);
+
+ if (len > max)
+ max = len;
+ }
+
+ len = i - 1;
+
+ /* If the caller has defined a display hook, then call that now. */
+ if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook)
+ {
+ (*rl_completion_display_matches_hook) (matches, len, max);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* If there are many items, then ask the user if she really wants to
+ see them all. */
+ if (len >= rl_completion_query_items)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+ fprintf (rl_outstream, "Display all %d possibilities? (y or n)", len);
+ fflush (rl_outstream);
+ if (get_y_or_n (0) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_crlf ();
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max);
+
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ rl_display_fixed = 1;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc)
+ char *match;
+ int mtype;
+ char *qc; /* Pointer to quoting character, if any */
+{
+ int should_quote, do_replace;
+ char *replacement;
+
+ /* If we are doing completion on quoted substrings, and any matches
+ contain any of the completer_word_break_characters, then auto-
+ matically prepend the substring with a quote character (just pick
+ the first one from the list of such) if it does not already begin
+ with a quote string. FIXME: Need to remove any such automatically
+ inserted quote character when it no longer is necessary, such as
+ if we change the string we are completing on and the new set of
+ matches don't require a quoted substring. */
+ replacement = match;
+
+ should_quote = match && rl_completer_quote_characters &&
+ rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+ rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+ if (should_quote)
+ should_quote = should_quote && (!qc || !*qc ||
+ (rl_completer_quote_characters && strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, *qc)));
+
+ if (should_quote)
+ {
+ /* If there is a single match, see if we need to quote it.
+ This also checks whether the common prefix of several
+ matches needs to be quoted. */
+ should_quote = rl_filename_quote_characters
+ ? (_rl_strpbrk (match, rl_filename_quote_characters) != 0)
+ : 0;
+
+ do_replace = should_quote ? mtype : NO_MATCH;
+ /* Quote the replacement, since we found an embedded
+ word break character in a potential match. */
+ if (do_replace != NO_MATCH && rl_filename_quoting_function)
+ replacement = (*rl_filename_quoting_function) (match, do_replace, qc);
+ }
+ return (replacement);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_match (match, start, mtype, qc)
+ char *match;
+ int start, mtype;
+ char *qc;
+{
+ char *replacement;
+ char oqc;
+
+ oqc = qc ? *qc : '\0';
+ replacement = make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc);
+
+ /* Now insert the match. */
+ if (replacement)
+ {
+ /* Don't double an opening quote character. */
+ if (qc && *qc && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == *qc &&
+ replacement[0] == *qc)
+ start--;
+ /* If make_quoted_replacement changed the quoting character, remove
+ the opening quote and insert the (fully-quoted) replacement. */
+ else if (qc && (*qc != oqc) && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == oqc &&
+ replacement[0] != oqc)
+ start--;
+ _rl_replace_text (replacement, start, rl_point - 1);
+ if (replacement != match)
+ free (replacement);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Append any necessary closing quote and a separator character to the
+ just-inserted match. If the user has specified that directories
+ should be marked by a trailing `/', append one of those instead. The
+ default trailing character is a space. Returns the number of characters
+ appended. If NONTRIVIAL_MATCH is set, we test for a symlink (if the OS
+ has them) and don't add a suffix for a symlink to a directory. A
+ nontrivial match is one that actually adds to the word being completed.
+ The variable rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs controls this behavior
+ (it's initially set to the what the user has chosen, indicated by the
+ value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, but may be modified by an
+ application's completion function). */
+static int
+append_to_match (text, delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match)
+ char *text;
+ int delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match;
+{
+ char temp_string[4], *filename;
+ int temp_string_index, s;
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ temp_string_index = 0;
+ if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_completion_suppress_quote == 0 &&
+ rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = quote_char;
+
+ if (delimiter)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = delimiter;
+ else if (rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 && rl_completion_append_character)
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = rl_completion_append_character;
+
+ temp_string[temp_string_index++] = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_filename_completion_desired)
+ {
+ filename = tilde_expand (text);
+ s = (nontrivial_match && rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs == 0)
+ ? LSTAT (filename, &finfo)
+ : stat (filename, &finfo);
+ if (s == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ {
+ if (_rl_complete_mark_directories && rl_completion_suppress_append == 0)
+ {
+ /* This is clumsy. Avoid putting in a double slash if point
+ is at the end of the line and the previous character is a
+ slash. */
+ if (rl_point && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '\0' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == '/')
+ ;
+ else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != '/')
+ rl_insert_text ("/");
+ }
+ }
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+ /* Don't add anything if the filename is a symlink and resolves to a
+ directory. */
+ else if (s == 0 && S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode) &&
+ stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+ ;
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+ rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+ }
+ free (filename);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+ rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+ }
+
+ return (temp_string_index);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_all_matches (matches, point, qc)
+ char **matches;
+ int point;
+ char *qc;
+{
+ int i;
+ char *rp;
+
+ rl_begin_undo_group ();
+ /* remove any opening quote character; make_quoted_replacement will add
+ it back. */
+ if (qc && *qc && point && rl_line_buffer[point - 1] == *qc)
+ point--;
+ rl_delete_text (point, rl_point);
+ rl_point = point;
+
+ if (matches[1])
+ {
+ for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+ {
+ rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[i], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+ rl_insert_text (rp);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ if (rp != matches[i])
+ free (rp);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[0], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+ rl_insert_text (rp);
+ rl_insert_text (" ");
+ if (rp != matches[0])
+ free (rp);
+ }
+ rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_free_match_list (matches)
+ char **matches;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+ free (matches[i]);
+ free (matches);
+}
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.
+ WHAT_TO_DO says what to do with the completion.
+ `?' means list the possible completions.
+ TAB means do standard completion.
+ `*' means insert all of the possible completions.
+ `!' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+ there is more than one.
+ `@' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+ there is more than one and partial completion is not possible. */
+int
+rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
+ int what_to_do;
+{
+ char **matches;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int start, end, delimiter, found_quote, i, nontrivial_lcd;
+ char *text, *saved_line_buffer;
+ char quote_char;
+
+ RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+ set_completion_defaults (what_to_do);
+
+ saved_line_buffer = rl_line_buffer ? savestring (rl_line_buffer) : (char *)NULL;
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = end;
+
+ text = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+ /* nontrivial_lcd is set if the common prefix adds something to the word
+ being completed. */
+ nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (text, matches[0]) != 0;
+ free (text);
+
+ if (matches == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ i = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (postprocess_matches (&matches, i) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ switch (what_to_do)
+ {
+ case TAB:
+ case '!':
+ case '@':
+ /* Insert the first match with proper quoting. */
+ if (*matches[0])
+ insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, "e_char);
+
+ /* If there are more matches, ring the bell to indicate.
+ If we are in vi mode, Posix.2 says to not ring the bell.
+ If the `show-all-if-ambiguous' variable is set, display
+ all the matches immediately. Otherwise, if this was the
+ only match, and we are hacking files, check the file to
+ see if it was a directory. If so, and the `mark-directories'
+ variable is set, add a '/' to the name. If not, and we
+ are at the end of the line, then add a space. */
+ if (matches[1])
+ {
+ if (what_to_do == '!')
+ {
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (what_to_do == '@')
+ {
+ if (nontrivial_lcd == 0)
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+ rl_ding (); /* There are other matches remaining. */
+ }
+ else
+ append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+
+ break;
+
+ case '*':
+ insert_all_matches (matches, start, "e_char);
+ break;
+
+ case '?':
+ display_matches (matches);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ fprintf (stderr, "\r\nreadline: bad value %d for what_to_do in rl_complete\n", what_to_do);
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ /* Check to see if the line has changed through all of this manipulation. */
+ if (saved_line_buffer)
+ {
+ completion_changed_buffer = strcmp (rl_line_buffer, saved_line_buffer) != 0;
+ free (saved_line_buffer);
+ }
+
+ RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Application-callable completion match generator functions */
+/* */
+/***************************************************************/
+
+/* Return an array of (char *) which is a list of completions for TEXT.
+ If there are no completions, return a NULL pointer.
+ The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for TEXT.
+ The remaining entries are the possible completions.
+ The array is terminated with a NULL pointer.
+
+ ENTRY_FUNCTION is a function of two args, and returns a (char *).
+ The first argument is TEXT.
+ The second is a state argument; it should be zero on the first call, and
+ non-zero on subsequent calls. It returns a NULL pointer to the caller
+ when there are no more matches.
+ */
+char **
+rl_completion_matches (text, entry_function)
+ const char *text;
+ rl_compentry_func_t *entry_function;
+{
+ /* Number of slots in match_list. */
+ int match_list_size;
+
+ /* The list of matches. */
+ char **match_list;
+
+ /* Number of matches actually found. */
+ int matches;
+
+ /* Temporary string binder. */
+ char *string;
+
+ matches = 0;
+ match_list_size = 10;
+ match_list = (char **)xmalloc ((match_list_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+ match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+
+ while (string = (*entry_function) (text, matches))
+ {
+ if (matches + 1 == match_list_size)
+ match_list = (char **)xrealloc
+ (match_list, ((match_list_size += 10) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+
+ match_list[++matches] = string;
+ match_list[matches + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If there were any matches, then look through them finding out the
+ lowest common denominator. That then becomes match_list[0]. */
+ if (matches)
+ compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text);
+ else /* There were no matches. */
+ {
+ free (match_list);
+ match_list = (char **)NULL;
+ }
+ return (match_list);
+}
+
+/* A completion function for usernames.
+ TEXT contains a partial username preceded by a random
+ character (usually `~'). */
+char *
+rl_username_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+#else /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT) */
+ static char *username = (char *)NULL;
+ static struct passwd *entry;
+ static int namelen, first_char, first_char_loc;
+ char *value;
+
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (username);
+
+ first_char = *text;
+ first_char_loc = first_char == '~';
+
+ username = savestring (&text[first_char_loc]);
+ namelen = strlen (username);
+ setpwent ();
+ }
+
+ while (entry = getpwent ())
+ {
+ /* Null usernames should result in all users as possible completions. */
+ if (namelen == 0 || (STREQN (username, entry->pw_name, namelen)))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ endpwent ();
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (entry->pw_name));
+
+ *value = *text;
+
+ strcpy (value + first_char_loc, entry->pw_name);
+
+ if (first_char == '~')
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+
+ return (value);
+ }
+#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT */
+}
+
+/* Okay, now we write the entry_function for filename completion. In the
+ general case. Note that completion in the shell is a little different
+ because of all the pathnames that must be followed when looking up the
+ completion for a command. */
+char *
+rl_filename_completion_function (text, state)
+ const char *text;
+ int state;
+{
+ static DIR *directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ static char *filename = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ static char *users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ static int filename_len;
+ char *temp;
+ int dirlen;
+ struct dirent *entry;
+
+ /* If we don't have any state, then do some initialization. */
+ if (state == 0)
+ {
+ /* If we were interrupted before closing the directory or reading
+ all of its contents, close it. */
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ closedir (directory);
+ directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ }
+ FREE (dirname);
+ FREE (filename);
+ FREE (users_dirname);
+
+ filename = savestring (text);
+ if (*text == 0)
+ text = ".";
+ dirname = savestring (text);
+
+ temp = strrchr (dirname, '/');
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* special hack for //X/... */
+ if (dirname[0] == '/' && dirname[1] == '/' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[2]) && dirname[3] == '/')
+ temp = strrchr (dirname + 3, '/');
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (filename, ++temp);
+ *temp = '\0';
+ }
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+ /* searches from current directory on the drive */
+ else if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[0]) && dirname[1] == ':')
+ {
+ strcpy (filename, dirname + 2);
+ dirname[2] = '\0';
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ {
+ dirname[0] = '.';
+ dirname[1] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ /* We aren't done yet. We also support the "~user" syntax. */
+
+ /* Save the version of the directory that the user typed. */
+ users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+
+ if (*dirname == '~')
+ {
+ temp = tilde_expand (dirname);
+ free (dirname);
+ dirname = temp;
+ }
+
+ if (rl_directory_rewrite_hook)
+ (*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&dirname);
+
+ if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&dirname))
+ {
+ free (users_dirname);
+ users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+ }
+
+ directory = opendir (dirname);
+ filename_len = strlen (filename);
+
+ rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* At this point we should entertain the possibility of hacking wildcarded
+ filenames, like /usr/man/man<WILD>/te<TAB>. If the directory name
+ contains globbing characters, then build an array of directories, and
+ then map over that list while completing. */
+ /* *** UNIMPLEMENTED *** */
+
+ /* Now that we have some state, we can read the directory. */
+
+ entry = (struct dirent *)NULL;
+ while (directory && (entry = readdir (directory)))
+ {
+ /* Special case for no filename. If the user has disabled the
+ `match-hidden-files' variable, skip filenames beginning with `.'.
+ All other entries except "." and ".." match. */
+ if (filename_len == 0)
+ {
+ if (_rl_match_hidden_files == 0 && HIDDEN_FILE (entry->d_name))
+ continue;
+
+ if (entry->d_name[0] != '.' ||
+ (entry->d_name[1] &&
+ (entry->d_name[1] != '.' || entry->d_name[2])))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Otherwise, if these match up to the length of filename, then
+ it is a match. */
+ if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+ {
+ if ((_rl_to_lower (entry->d_name[0]) == _rl_to_lower (filename[0])) &&
+ (((int)D_NAMLEN (entry)) >= filename_len) &&
+ (_rl_strnicmp (filename, entry->d_name, filename_len) == 0))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((entry->d_name[0] == filename[0]) &&
+ (((int)D_NAMLEN (entry)) >= filename_len) &&
+ (strncmp (filename, entry->d_name, filename_len) == 0))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (entry == 0)
+ {
+ if (directory)
+ {
+ closedir (directory);
+ directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (dirname)
+ {
+ free (dirname);
+ dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (filename)
+ {
+ free (filename);
+ filename = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ if (users_dirname)
+ {
+ free (users_dirname);
+ users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* dirname && (strcmp (dirname, ".") != 0) */
+ if (dirname && (dirname[0] != '.' || dirname[1]))
+ {
+ if (rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion && *users_dirname == '~')
+ {
+ dirlen = strlen (dirname);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+ strcpy (temp, dirname);
+ /* Canonicalization cuts off any final slash present. We
+ may need to add it back. */
+ if (dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+ {
+ temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+ temp[dirlen] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ dirlen = strlen (users_dirname);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+ strcpy (temp, users_dirname);
+ /* Make sure that temp has a trailing slash here. */
+ if (users_dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+ temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+ }
+
+ strcpy (temp + dirlen, entry->d_name);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = savestring (entry->d_name);
+
+ return (temp);
+ }
+}
+
+/* An initial implementation of a menu completion function a la tcsh. The
+ first time (if the last readline command was not rl_menu_complete), we
+ generate the list of matches. This code is very similar to the code in
+ rl_complete_internal -- there should be a way to combine the two. Then,
+ for each item in the list of matches, we insert the match in an undoable
+ fashion, with the appropriate character appended (this happens on the
+ second and subsequent consecutive calls to rl_menu_complete). When we
+ hit the end of the match list, we restore the original unmatched text,
+ ring the bell, and reset the counter to zero. */
+int
+rl_menu_complete (count, ignore)
+ int count, ignore;
+{
+ rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+ int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+ static char *orig_text;
+ static char **matches = (char **)0;
+ static int match_list_index = 0;
+ static int match_list_size = 0;
+ static int orig_start, orig_end;
+ static char quote_char;
+ static int delimiter;
+
+ /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+ up to insert them. */
+ if (rl_last_func != rl_menu_complete)
+ {
+ /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ if (matches)
+ _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+ match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+ matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+ /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+ set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+ our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+ ? rl_completion_entry_function
+ : rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+ /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+ orig_end = rl_point;
+ found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+ quote_char = '\0';
+
+ if (rl_point)
+ /* This (possibly) changes rl_point. If it returns a non-zero char,
+ we know we have an open quote. */
+ quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+ orig_start = rl_point;
+ rl_point = orig_end;
+
+ orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+ matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+ our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+ /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+ have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value. The basic
+ rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+ matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+ if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ FREE (orig_text);
+ orig_text = (char *)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+ ;
+ /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+ code below should take care of it. */
+ }
+
+ /* Now we have the list of matches. Replace the text between
+ rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+ matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+ if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ FREE (matches);
+ matches = (char **)0;
+ completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ match_list_index = (match_list_index + count) % match_list_size;
+ if (match_list_index < 0)
+ match_list_index += match_list_size;
+
+ if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+ {
+ rl_ding ();
+ insert_match (orig_text, orig_start, MULT_MATCH, "e_char);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, "e_char);
+ append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+ strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+ }
+
+ completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+ return (0);
+}
static char *_rl_term_kH;
static char *_rl_term_at7; /* @7 */
+/* Delete key */
+static char *_rl_term_kD;
+
/* Insert key */
static char *_rl_term_kI;
{ "ei", &_rl_term_ei },
{ "ic", &_rl_term_ic },
{ "im", &_rl_term_im },
+ { "kD", &_rl_term_kD }, /* delete */
{ "kH", &_rl_term_kH }, /* home down ?? */
{ "kI", &_rl_term_kI }, /* insert */
{ "kd", &_rl_term_kd },
_rl_term_im = _rl_term_ei = _rl_term_ic = _rl_term_IC = (char *)NULL;
_rl_term_up = _rl_term_dc = _rl_term_DC = _rl_visible_bell = (char *)NULL;
_rl_term_ku = _rl_term_kd = _rl_term_kl = _rl_term_kr = (char *)NULL;
- _rl_term_kh = _rl_term_kH = _rl_term_kI = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_kh = _rl_term_kH = _rl_term_kI = _rl_term_kD = (char *)NULL;
_rl_term_ks = _rl_term_ke = _rl_term_at7 = (char *)NULL;
_rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
_rl_term_ve = _rl_term_vs = (char *)NULL;
rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kh, rl_beg_of_line); /* Home */
rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_at7, rl_end_of_line); /* End */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kD, rl_delete);
+
_rl_keymap = xkeymap;
}
--- /dev/null
+/* terminal.c -- controlling the terminal with termcap. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Readline Library, a library for
+ reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+ The GNU Readline Library is free software; you can redistribute it
+ and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
+ as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ The GNU Readline Library is distributed in the hope that it will be
+ useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+ of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ The GNU General Public License is often shipped with GNU software, and
+ is generally kept in a file called COPYING or LICENSE. If you do not
+ have a copy of the license, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+ 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+# include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LOCALE_H)
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#if defined (GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL) && !defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+# include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#endif /* GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL && !TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#include "rltty.h"
+#include "tcap.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#define CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC() (rl_redisplay_function != rl_redisplay)
+#define CUSTOM_INPUT_FUNC() (rl_getc_function != rl_getc)
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Terminal and Termcap */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+static char *term_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+static char *term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+
+static int tcap_initialized;
+
+#if !defined (__linux__)
+# if defined (__EMX__) || defined (NEED_EXTERN_PC)
+extern
+# endif /* __EMX__ || NEED_EXTERN_PC */
+char PC, *BC, *UP;
+#endif /* __linux__ */
+
+/* Some strings to control terminal actions. These are output by tputs (). */
+char *_rl_term_clreol;
+char *_rl_term_clrpag;
+char *_rl_term_cr;
+char *_rl_term_backspace;
+char *_rl_term_goto;
+char *_rl_term_pc;
+
+/* Non-zero if we determine that the terminal can do character insertion. */
+int _rl_terminal_can_insert = 0;
+
+/* How to insert characters. */
+char *_rl_term_im;
+char *_rl_term_ei;
+char *_rl_term_ic;
+char *_rl_term_ip;
+char *_rl_term_IC;
+
+/* How to delete characters. */
+char *_rl_term_dc;
+char *_rl_term_DC;
+
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+char *_rl_term_forward_char;
+#endif /* HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION */
+
+/* How to go up a line. */
+char *_rl_term_up;
+
+/* A visible bell; char if the terminal can be made to flash the screen. */
+static char *_rl_visible_bell;
+
+/* Non-zero means the terminal can auto-wrap lines. */
+int _rl_term_autowrap;
+
+/* Non-zero means that this terminal has a meta key. */
+static int term_has_meta;
+
+/* The sequences to write to turn on and off the meta key, if this
+ terminal has one. */
+static char *_rl_term_mm;
+static char *_rl_term_mo;
+
+/* The key sequences output by the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
+static char *_rl_term_ku;
+static char *_rl_term_kd;
+static char *_rl_term_kr;
+static char *_rl_term_kl;
+
+/* How to initialize and reset the arrow keys, if this terminal has any. */
+static char *_rl_term_ks;
+static char *_rl_term_ke;
+
+/* The key sequences sent by the Home and End keys, if any. */
+static char *_rl_term_kh;
+static char *_rl_term_kH;
+static char *_rl_term_at7; /* @7 */
+
+/* Insert key */
+static char *_rl_term_kI;
+
+/* Cursor control */
+static char *_rl_term_vs; /* very visible */
+static char *_rl_term_ve; /* normal */
+
+static void bind_termcap_arrow_keys PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+/* Variables that hold the screen dimensions, used by the display code. */
+int _rl_screenwidth, _rl_screenheight, _rl_screenchars;
+
+/* Non-zero means the user wants to enable the keypad. */
+int _rl_enable_keypad;
+
+/* Non-zero means the user wants to enable a meta key. */
+int _rl_enable_meta = 1;
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+static void
+_emx_get_screensize (swp, shp)
+ int *swp, *shp;
+{
+ int sz[2];
+
+ _scrsize (sz);
+
+ if (swp)
+ *swp = sz[0];
+ if (shp)
+ *shp = sz[1];
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Get readline's idea of the screen size. TTY is a file descriptor open
+ to the terminal. If IGNORE_ENV is true, we do not pay attention to the
+ values of $LINES and $COLUMNS. The tests for TERM_STRING_BUFFER being
+ non-null serve to check whether or not we have initialized termcap. */
+void
+_rl_get_screen_size (tty, ignore_env)
+ int tty, ignore_env;
+{
+ char *ss;
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+ struct winsize window_size;
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (TIOCGWINSZ)
+ if (ioctl (tty, TIOCGWINSZ, &window_size) == 0)
+ {
+ _rl_screenwidth = (int) window_size.ws_col;
+ _rl_screenheight = (int) window_size.ws_row;
+ }
+#endif /* TIOCGWINSZ */
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+ _emx_get_screensize (&_rl_screenwidth, &_rl_screenheight);
+#endif
+
+ /* Environment variable COLUMNS overrides setting of "co" if IGNORE_ENV
+ is unset. */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0)
+ {
+ if (ignore_env == 0 && (ss = sh_get_env_value ("COLUMNS")))
+ _rl_screenwidth = atoi (ss);
+
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 && term_string_buffer)
+ _rl_screenwidth = tgetnum ("co");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* Environment variable LINES overrides setting of "li" if IGNORE_ENV
+ is unset. */
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ {
+ if (ignore_env == 0 && (ss = sh_get_env_value ("LINES")))
+ _rl_screenheight = atoi (ss);
+
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0 && term_string_buffer)
+ _rl_screenheight = tgetnum ("li");
+#endif
+ }
+
+ /* If all else fails, default to 80x24 terminal. */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 1)
+ _rl_screenwidth = 80;
+
+ if (_rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ _rl_screenheight = 24;
+
+ /* If we're being compiled as part of bash, set the environment
+ variables $LINES and $COLUMNS to new values. Otherwise, just
+ do a pair of putenv () or setenv () calls. */
+ sh_set_lines_and_columns (_rl_screenheight, _rl_screenwidth);
+
+ if (_rl_term_autowrap == 0)
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+
+ _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols)
+ int rows, cols;
+{
+ if (rows == 0 || cols == 0)
+ return;
+
+ _rl_screenheight = rows;
+ _rl_screenwidth = cols;
+
+ if (_rl_term_autowrap == 0)
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+
+ _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols)
+ int rows, cols;
+{
+ _rl_set_screen_size (rows, cols);
+}
+
+void
+rl_get_screen_size (rows, cols)
+ int *rows, *cols;
+{
+ if (rows)
+ *rows = _rl_screenheight;
+ if (cols)
+ *cols = _rl_screenwidth;
+}
+
+void
+rl_resize_terminal ()
+{
+ if (readline_echoing_p)
+ {
+ _rl_get_screen_size (fileno (rl_instream), 1);
+ if (CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC ())
+ rl_forced_update_display ();
+ else
+ _rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch ();
+ }
+}
+
+struct _tc_string {
+ const char *tc_var;
+ char **tc_value;
+};
+
+/* This should be kept sorted, just in case we decide to change the
+ search algorithm to something smarter. */
+static struct _tc_string tc_strings[] =
+{
+ { "@7", &_rl_term_at7 },
+ { "DC", &_rl_term_DC },
+ { "IC", &_rl_term_IC },
+ { "ce", &_rl_term_clreol },
+ { "cl", &_rl_term_clrpag },
+ { "cr", &_rl_term_cr },
+ { "dc", &_rl_term_dc },
+ { "ei", &_rl_term_ei },
+ { "ic", &_rl_term_ic },
+ { "im", &_rl_term_im },
+ { "kH", &_rl_term_kH }, /* home down ?? */
+ { "kI", &_rl_term_kI }, /* insert */
+ { "kd", &_rl_term_kd },
+ { "ke", &_rl_term_ke }, /* end keypad mode */
+ { "kh", &_rl_term_kh }, /* home */
+ { "kl", &_rl_term_kl },
+ { "kr", &_rl_term_kr },
+ { "ks", &_rl_term_ks }, /* start keypad mode */
+ { "ku", &_rl_term_ku },
+ { "le", &_rl_term_backspace },
+ { "mm", &_rl_term_mm },
+ { "mo", &_rl_term_mo },
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+ { "nd", &_rl_term_forward_char },
+#endif
+ { "pc", &_rl_term_pc },
+ { "up", &_rl_term_up },
+ { "vb", &_rl_visible_bell },
+ { "vs", &_rl_term_vs },
+ { "ve", &_rl_term_ve },
+};
+
+#define NUM_TC_STRINGS (sizeof (tc_strings) / sizeof (struct _tc_string))
+
+/* Read the desired terminal capability strings into BP. The capabilities
+ are described in the TC_STRINGS table. */
+static void
+get_term_capabilities (bp)
+ char **bp;
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__) /* XXX - doesn't DJGPP have a termcap library? */
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < NUM_TC_STRINGS; i++)
+ *(tc_strings[i].tc_value) = tgetstr ((char *)tc_strings[i].tc_var, bp);
+#endif
+ tcap_initialized = 1;
+}
+
+int
+_rl_init_terminal_io (terminal_name)
+ const char *terminal_name;
+{
+ const char *term;
+ char *buffer;
+ int tty, tgetent_ret;
+
+ term = terminal_name ? terminal_name : sh_get_env_value ("TERM");
+ _rl_term_clrpag = _rl_term_cr = _rl_term_clreol = (char *)NULL;
+ tty = rl_instream ? fileno (rl_instream) : 0;
+ _rl_screenwidth = _rl_screenheight = 0;
+
+ if (term == 0)
+ term = "dumb";
+
+ /* I've separated this out for later work on not calling tgetent at all
+ if the calling application has supplied a custom redisplay function,
+ (and possibly if the application has supplied a custom input function). */
+ if (CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC())
+ {
+ tgetent_ret = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (term_string_buffer == 0)
+ term_string_buffer = (char *)xmalloc(2032);
+
+ if (term_buffer == 0)
+ term_buffer = (char *)xmalloc(4080);
+
+ buffer = term_string_buffer;
+
+ tgetent_ret = tgetent (term_buffer, term);
+ }
+
+ if (tgetent_ret <= 0)
+ {
+ FREE (term_string_buffer);
+ FREE (term_buffer);
+ buffer = term_buffer = term_string_buffer = (char *)NULL;
+
+ _rl_term_autowrap = 0; /* used by _rl_get_screen_size */
+
+#if defined (__EMX__)
+ _emx_get_screensize (&_rl_screenwidth, &_rl_screenheight);
+ _rl_screenwidth--;
+#else /* !__EMX__ */
+ _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+#endif /* !__EMX__ */
+
+ /* Defaults. */
+ if (_rl_screenwidth <= 0 || _rl_screenheight <= 0)
+ {
+ _rl_screenwidth = 79;
+ _rl_screenheight = 24;
+ }
+
+ /* Everything below here is used by the redisplay code (tputs). */
+ _rl_screenchars = _rl_screenwidth * _rl_screenheight;
+ _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+ _rl_term_im = _rl_term_ei = _rl_term_ic = _rl_term_IC = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_up = _rl_term_dc = _rl_term_DC = _rl_visible_bell = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ku = _rl_term_kd = _rl_term_kl = _rl_term_kr = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_kh = _rl_term_kH = _rl_term_kI = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ks = _rl_term_ke = _rl_term_at7 = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+ _rl_term_ve = _rl_term_vs = (char *)NULL;
+#if defined (HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION)
+ term_forward_char = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+ _rl_terminal_can_insert = term_has_meta = 0;
+
+ /* Reasonable defaults for tgoto(). Readline currently only uses
+ tgoto if _rl_term_IC or _rl_term_DC is defined, but just in case we
+ change that later... */
+ PC = '\0';
+ BC = _rl_term_backspace = "\b";
+ UP = _rl_term_up;
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ get_term_capabilities (&buffer);
+
+ /* Set up the variables that the termcap library expects the application
+ to provide. */
+ PC = _rl_term_pc ? *_rl_term_pc : 0;
+ BC = _rl_term_backspace;
+ UP = _rl_term_up;
+
+ if (!_rl_term_cr)
+ _rl_term_cr = "\r";
+
+ _rl_term_autowrap = tgetflag ("am") && tgetflag ("xn");
+
+ _rl_get_screen_size (tty, 0);
+
+ /* "An application program can assume that the terminal can do
+ character insertion if *any one of* the capabilities `IC',
+ `im', `ic' or `ip' is provided." But we can't do anything if
+ only `ip' is provided, so... */
+ _rl_terminal_can_insert = (_rl_term_IC || _rl_term_im || _rl_term_ic);
+
+ /* Check to see if this terminal has a meta key and clear the capability
+ variables if there is none. */
+ term_has_meta = (tgetflag ("km") || tgetflag ("MT"));
+ if (!term_has_meta)
+ _rl_term_mm = _rl_term_mo = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Attempt to find and bind the arrow keys. Do not override already
+ bound keys in an overzealous attempt, however. */
+
+ bind_termcap_arrow_keys (emacs_standard_keymap);
+
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+ bind_termcap_arrow_keys (vi_movement_keymap);
+ bind_termcap_arrow_keys (vi_insertion_keymap);
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind the arrow key sequences from the termcap description in MAP. */
+static void
+bind_termcap_arrow_keys (map)
+ Keymap map;
+{
+ Keymap xkeymap;
+
+ xkeymap = _rl_keymap;
+ _rl_keymap = map;
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_ku, rl_get_previous_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kd, rl_get_next_history);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kr, rl_forward_char);
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kl, rl_backward_char);
+
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_kh, rl_beg_of_line); /* Home */
+ rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (_rl_term_at7, rl_end_of_line); /* End */
+
+ _rl_keymap = xkeymap;
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_termcap (cap)
+ const char *cap;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (tcap_initialized == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ for (i = 0; i < NUM_TC_STRINGS; i++)
+ {
+ if (tc_strings[i].tc_var[0] == cap[0] && strcmp (tc_strings[i].tc_var, cap) == 0)
+ return *(tc_strings[i].tc_value);
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Re-initialize the terminal considering that the TERM/TERMCAP variable
+ has changed. */
+int
+rl_reset_terminal (terminal_name)
+ const char *terminal_name;
+{
+ _rl_init_terminal_io (terminal_name);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* A function for the use of tputs () */
+#ifdef _MINIX
+void
+_rl_output_character_function (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ putc (c, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+#else /* !_MINIX */
+int
+_rl_output_character_function (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ return putc (c, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+#endif /* !_MINIX */
+
+/* Write COUNT characters from STRING to the output stream. */
+void
+_rl_output_some_chars (string, count)
+ const char *string;
+ int count;
+{
+ fwrite (string, 1, count, _rl_out_stream);
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor back. */
+int
+_rl_backspace (count)
+ int count;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (_rl_term_backspace)
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ tputs (_rl_term_backspace, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ putc ('\b', _rl_out_stream);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Move to the start of the next line. */
+int
+rl_crlf ()
+{
+#if defined (NEW_TTY_DRIVER)
+ if (_rl_term_cr)
+ tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* NEW_TTY_DRIVER */
+ putc ('\n', _rl_out_stream);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Ring the terminal bell. */
+int
+rl_ding ()
+{
+ if (readline_echoing_p)
+ {
+ switch (_rl_bell_preference)
+ {
+ case NO_BELL:
+ default:
+ break;
+ case VISIBLE_BELL:
+ if (_rl_visible_bell)
+ {
+ tputs (_rl_visible_bell, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ break;
+ }
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ case AUDIBLE_BELL:
+ fprintf (stderr, "\007");
+ fflush (stderr);
+ break;
+ }
+ return (0);
+ }
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Controlling the Meta Key and Keypad */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+void
+_rl_enable_meta_key ()
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (term_has_meta && _rl_term_mm)
+ tputs (_rl_term_mm, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+}
+
+void
+_rl_control_keypad (on)
+ int on;
+{
+#if !defined (__DJGPP__)
+ if (on && _rl_term_ks)
+ tputs (_rl_term_ks, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else if (!on && _rl_term_ke)
+ tputs (_rl_term_ke, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Controlling the Cursor */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Set the cursor appropriately depending on IM, which is one of the
+ insert modes (insert or overwrite). Insert mode gets the normal
+ cursor. Overwrite mode gets a very visible cursor. Only does
+ anything if we have both capabilities. */
+void
+_rl_set_cursor (im, force)
+ int im, force;
+{
+ if (_rl_term_ve && _rl_term_vs)
+ {
+ if (force || im != rl_insert_mode)
+ {
+ if (im == RL_IM_OVERWRITE)
+ tputs (_rl_term_vs, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ else
+ tputs (_rl_term_ve, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+ }
+ }
+}
}
/* Quote special characters in STRING using backslashes. Return a new
- string. */
+ string. NOTE: if the string is to be further expanded, we need a
+ way to protect the CTLESC and CTLNUL characters. As I write this,
+ the current callers will never cause the string to be expanded without
+ going through the shell parser, which will protect the internal
+ quoting characters. */
char *
sh_backslash_quote (string)
char *string;
*r++ = '\\';
*r++ = c;
break;
-#endif
+
case CTLESC: case CTLNUL: /* internal quoting characters */
*r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
*r++ = c;
break;
+#endif
case '#': /* comment char */
if (s == string)
--- /dev/null
+/* Copyright (C) 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# ifdef _MINIX
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# endif
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "syntax.h"
+#include <xmalloc.h>
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for quoting strings to be re-read as input */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a new string which is the single-quoted version of STRING.
+ Used by alias and trap, among others. */
+char *
+sh_single_quote (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (4 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+ *r++ = '\'';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+
+ if (c == '\'')
+ {
+ *r++ = '\\'; /* insert escaped single quote */
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r++ = '\''; /* start new quoted string */
+ }
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '\'';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING using double quotes. Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_double_quote (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register unsigned char c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (2 * strlen (string)));
+ r = result;
+ *r++ = '"';
+
+ for (s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r++ = '"';
+ *r = '\0';
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes that are quoting characters that are special between
+ double quotes. Return a new string. XXX - should this handle CTLESC
+ and CTLNUL? */
+char *
+sh_un_double_quote (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int c, pass_next;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (pass_next = 0, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (c == '\\' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) s[1]] & CBSDQUOTE))
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Quote special characters in STRING using backslashes. Return a new
+ string. */
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ int c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': /* IFS white space */
+ case '\'': case '"': case '\\': /* quoting chars */
+ case '|': case '&': case ';': /* shell metacharacters */
+ case '(': case ')': case '<': case '>':
+ case '!': case '{': case '}': /* reserved words */
+ case '*': case '[': case '?': case ']': /* globbing chars */
+ case '^':
+ case '$': case '`': /* expansion chars */
+ case ',': /* brace expansion */
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = c;
+ break;
+#if 0
+ case '~': /* tilde expansion */
+ if (s == string || s[-1] == '=' || s[-1] == ':')
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ *r++ = c;
+ break;
+#endif
+ case CTLESC: case CTLNUL: /* internal quoting characters */
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+ *r++ = c;
+ break;
+
+ case '#': /* comment char */
+ if (s == string)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ *r++ = c;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+#if defined (PROMPT_STRING_DECODE)
+/* Quote characters that get special treatment when in double quotes in STRING
+ using backslashes. Return a new string. */
+char *
+sh_backslash_quote_for_double_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *result, *r, *s;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (string) + 1);
+
+ for (r = result, s = string; s && (c = *s); s++)
+ {
+ if (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* I should probably add flags for these to sh_syntaxtab[] */
+ else if (c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ *r++ = CTLESC; /* could be '\\'? */
+
+ *r++ = c;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif /* PROMPT_STRING_DECODE */
+
+int
+sh_contains_shell_metas (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ switch (*s)
+ {
+ case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': /* IFS white space */
+ case '\'': case '"': case '\\': /* quoting chars */
+ case '|': case '&': case ';': /* shell metacharacters */
+ case '(': case ')': case '<': case '>':
+ case '!': case '{': case '}': /* reserved words */
+ case '*': case '[': case '?': case ']': /* globbing chars */
+ case '^':
+ case '$': case '`': /* expansion chars */
+ return (1);
+ case '~': /* tilde expansion */
+ if (s == string || s[-1] == '=' || s[-1] == ':')
+ return (1);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ if (s == string) /* comment char */
+ return (1);
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
} \
while (0)
+#define UPDATE_MAIL_FILE(i, finfo) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ mailfiles[i]->access_time = finfo.st_atime; \
+ mailfiles[i]->mod_time = finfo.st_mtime; \
+ mailfiles[i]->file_size = finfo.st_size; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
static void
update_mail_file (i)
int i;
file = mailfiles[i]->name;
if (mailstat (file, &finfo) == 0)
- {
- mailfiles[i]->access_time = finfo.st_atime;
- mailfiles[i]->mod_time = finfo.st_mtime;
- mailfiles[i]->file_size = finfo.st_size;
- }
+ UPDATE_MAIL_FILE (i, finfo);
else
RESET_MAIL_FILE (i);
}
if (i >= 0)
{
if (mailstat (filename, &finfo) == 0)
- {
- mailfiles[i]->mod_time = finfo.st_mtime;
- mailfiles[i]->access_time = finfo.st_atime;
- mailfiles[i]->file_size = finfo.st_size;
- }
+ UPDATE_MAIL_FILE (i, finfo);
+
free (filename);
return i;
}
register int i;
for (i = 0; i < mailfiles_count; i++)
- {
- RESET_MAIL_FILE (i);
- }
+ RESET_MAIL_FILE (i);
}
/* Free the information that we have about the remembered mail files. */
}
/* Return non-zero if FILE's mod date has changed and it has not been
- accessed since modified. */
+ accessed since modified. If the size has dropped to zero, reset
+ the cached mail file info. */
static int
file_mod_date_changed (i)
int i;
if ((mailstat (file, &finfo) == 0) && (finfo.st_size > 0))
return (mtime != finfo.st_mtime);
+ if (finfo.st_size == 0 && mailfiles[i]->file_size > 0)
+ UPDATE_MAIL_FILE (i, finfo);
+
return (0);
}
--- /dev/null
+/* mailcheck.c -- The check is in the mail... */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+version.
+
+Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#ifndef _MINIX
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include "posixtime.h"
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "mailcheck.h"
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+
+extern int mailstat __P((const char *, struct stat *));
+
+typedef struct {
+ char *name;
+ char *msg;
+ time_t access_time;
+ time_t mod_time;
+ off_t file_size;
+} FILEINFO;
+
+/* The list of remembered mail files. */
+static FILEINFO **mailfiles = (FILEINFO **)NULL;
+
+/* Number of mail files that we have. */
+static int mailfiles_count;
+
+/* The last known time that mail was checked. */
+static time_t last_time_mail_checked;
+
+/* Non-zero means warn if a mail file has been read since last checked. */
+int mail_warning;
+
+static int find_mail_file __P((char *));
+static void update_mail_file __P((int));
+static int add_mail_file __P((char *, char *));
+
+static int file_mod_date_changed __P((int));
+static int file_access_date_changed __P((int));
+static int file_has_grown __P((int));
+
+static char *parse_mailpath_spec __P((char *));
+
+/* Returns non-zero if it is time to check mail. */
+int
+time_to_check_mail ()
+{
+ char *temp;
+ time_t now;
+ intmax_t seconds;
+
+ temp = get_string_value ("MAILCHECK");
+
+ /* Negative number, or non-numbers (such as empty string) cause no
+ checking to take place. */
+ if (temp == 0 || legal_number (temp, &seconds) == 0 || seconds < 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ now = NOW;
+ /* Time to check if MAILCHECK is explicitly set to zero, or if enough
+ time has passed since the last check. */
+ return (seconds == 0 || ((now - last_time_mail_checked) >= seconds));
+}
+
+/* Okay, we have checked the mail. Perhaps I should make this function
+ go away. */
+void
+reset_mail_timer ()
+{
+ last_time_mail_checked = NOW;
+}
+
+/* Locate a file in the list. Return index of
+ entry, or -1 if not found. */
+static int
+find_mail_file (file)
+ char *file;
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < mailfiles_count; i++)
+ if (STREQ (mailfiles[i]->name, file))
+ return i;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+#define RESET_MAIL_FILE(i) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ mailfiles[i]->access_time = mailfiles[i]->mod_time = 0; \
+ mailfiles[i]->file_size = 0; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+#define UPDATE_MAIL_FILE(i, finfo) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ mailfiles[i]->access_time = finfo.st_atime; \
+ mailfiles[i]->mod_time = finfo.st_mtime; \
+ mailfiles[i]->file_size = finfo.st_size; \
+ } \
+ while (0)
+
+static void
+update_mail_file (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ char *file;
+ struct stat finfo;
+
+ file = mailfiles[i]->name;
+ if (mailstat (file, &finfo) == 0)
+ UPDATE_MAIL_FILE (i, finfo);
+ else
+ RESET_MAIL_FILE (i);
+}
+
+/* Add this file to the list of remembered files and return its index
+ in the list of mail files. */
+static int
+add_mail_file (file, msg)
+ char *file, *msg;
+{
+ struct stat finfo;
+ char *filename;
+ int i;
+
+ filename = full_pathname (file);
+ i = find_mail_file (filename);
+ if (i >= 0)
+ {
+ if (mailstat (filename, &finfo) == 0)
+ UPDATE_MAIL_FILE (i, finfo);
+
+ free (filename);
+ return i;
+ }
+
+ i = mailfiles_count++;
+ mailfiles = (FILEINFO **)xrealloc
+ (mailfiles, mailfiles_count * sizeof (FILEINFO *));
+
+ mailfiles[i] = (FILEINFO *)xmalloc (sizeof (FILEINFO));
+ mailfiles[i]->name = filename;
+ mailfiles[i]->msg = msg ? savestring (msg) : (char *)NULL;
+ update_mail_file (i);
+ return i;
+}
+
+/* Reset the existing mail files access and modification times to zero. */
+void
+reset_mail_files ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < mailfiles_count; i++)
+ {
+ RESET_MAIL_FILE (i);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Free the information that we have about the remembered mail files. */
+void
+free_mail_files ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < mailfiles_count; i++)
+ {
+ free (mailfiles[i]->name);
+ FREE (mailfiles[i]->msg);
+ free (mailfiles[i]);
+ }
+
+ if (mailfiles)
+ free (mailfiles);
+
+ mailfiles_count = 0;
+ mailfiles = (FILEINFO **)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if FILE's mod date has changed and it has not been
+ accessed since modified. If the size has dropped to zero, reset
+ the cached mail file info. */
+static int
+file_mod_date_changed (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ time_t mtime;
+ struct stat finfo;
+ char *file;
+
+ file = mailfiles[i]->name;
+ mtime = mailfiles[i]->mod_time;
+
+ if ((mailstat (file, &finfo) == 0) && (finfo.st_size > 0))
+ return (mtime != finfo.st_mtime);
+
+ if (finfo.st_size == 0 && mailfiles[i]->file_size > 0)
+ UPDATE_MAIL_FILE (i, finfo);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if FILE's access date has changed. */
+static int
+file_access_date_changed (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ time_t atime;
+ struct stat finfo;
+ char *file;
+
+ file = mailfiles[i]->name;
+ atime = mailfiles[i]->access_time;
+
+ if ((mailstat (file, &finfo) == 0) && (finfo.st_size > 0))
+ return (atime != finfo.st_atime);
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if FILE's size has increased. */
+static int
+file_has_grown (i)
+ int i;
+{
+ off_t size;
+ struct stat finfo;
+ char *file;
+
+ file = mailfiles[i]->name;
+ size = mailfiles[i]->file_size;
+
+ return ((mailstat (file, &finfo) == 0) && (finfo.st_size > size));
+}
+
+/* Take an element from $MAILPATH and return the portion from
+ the first unquoted `?' or `%' to the end of the string. This is the
+ message to be printed when the file contents change. */
+static char *
+parse_mailpath_spec (str)
+ char *str;
+{
+ char *s;
+ int pass_next;
+
+ for (s = str, pass_next = 0; s && *s; s++)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (*s == '?' || *s == '%')
+ return s;
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+make_default_mailpath ()
+{
+#if defined (DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY)
+ char *mp;
+
+ get_current_user_info ();
+ mp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + sizeof (DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY) + strlen (current_user.user_name));
+ strcpy (mp, DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY);
+ mp[sizeof(DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY) - 1] = '/';
+ strcpy (mp + sizeof (DEFAULT_MAIL_DIRECTORY), current_user.user_name);
+ return (mp);
+#else
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Remember the dates of the files specified by MAILPATH, or if there is
+ no MAILPATH, by the file specified in MAIL. If neither exists, use a
+ default value, which we randomly concoct from using Unix. */
+void
+remember_mail_dates ()
+{
+ char *mailpaths;
+ char *mailfile, *mp;
+ int i = 0;
+
+ mailpaths = get_string_value ("MAILPATH");
+
+ /* If no $MAILPATH, but $MAIL, use that as a single filename to check. */
+ if (mailpaths == 0 && (mailpaths = get_string_value ("MAIL")))
+ {
+ add_mail_file (mailpaths, (char *)NULL);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (mailpaths == 0)
+ {
+ mailpaths = make_default_mailpath ();
+ if (mailpaths)
+ {
+ add_mail_file (mailpaths, (char *)NULL);
+ free (mailpaths);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ while (mailfile = extract_colon_unit (mailpaths, &i))
+ {
+ mp = parse_mailpath_spec (mailfile);
+ if (mp && *mp)
+ *mp++ = '\0';
+ add_mail_file (mailfile, mp);
+ free (mailfile);
+ }
+}
+
+/* check_mail () is useful for more than just checking mail. Since it has
+ the paranoids dream ability of telling you when someone has read your
+ mail, it can just as easily be used to tell you when someones .profile
+ file has been read, thus letting one know when someone else has logged
+ in. Pretty good, huh? */
+
+/* Check for mail in some files. If the modification date of any
+ of the files in MAILPATH has changed since we last did a
+ remember_mail_dates () then mention that the user has mail.
+ Special hack: If the variable MAIL_WARNING is non-zero and the
+ mail file has been accessed since the last time we remembered, then
+ the message "The mail in <mailfile> has been read" is printed. */
+void
+check_mail ()
+{
+ char *current_mail_file, *message;
+ int i, use_user_notification;
+ char *dollar_underscore, *temp;
+
+ dollar_underscore = get_string_value ("_");
+ if (dollar_underscore)
+ dollar_underscore = savestring (dollar_underscore);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < mailfiles_count; i++)
+ {
+ current_mail_file = mailfiles[i]->name;
+
+ if (*current_mail_file == '\0')
+ continue;
+
+ if (file_mod_date_changed (i))
+ {
+ int file_is_bigger;
+
+ use_user_notification = mailfiles[i]->msg != (char *)NULL;
+ message = mailfiles[i]->msg ? mailfiles[i]->msg : _("You have mail in $_");
+
+ bind_variable ("_", current_mail_file);
+
+#define atime mailfiles[i]->access_time
+#define mtime mailfiles[i]->mod_time
+
+ /* Have to compute this before the call to update_mail_file, which
+ resets all the information. */
+ file_is_bigger = file_has_grown (i);
+
+ update_mail_file (i);
+
+ /* If the user has just run a program which manipulates the
+ mail file, then don't bother explaining that the mail
+ file has been manipulated. Since some systems don't change
+ the access time to be equal to the modification time when
+ the mail in the file is manipulated, check the size also. If
+ the file has not grown, continue. */
+ if ((atime >= mtime) && !file_is_bigger)
+ continue;
+
+ /* If the mod time is later than the access time and the file
+ has grown, note the fact that this is *new* mail. */
+ if (use_user_notification == 0 && (atime < mtime) && file_is_bigger)
+ message = _("You have new mail in $_");
+#undef atime
+#undef mtime
+
+ if (temp = expand_string_to_string (message, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ puts (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ putchar ('\n');
+ }
+
+ if (mail_warning && file_access_date_changed (i))
+ {
+ update_mail_file (i);
+ printf (_("The mail in %s has been read\n"), current_mail_file);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (dollar_underscore)
+ {
+ bind_variable ("_", dollar_underscore);
+ free (dollar_underscore);
+ }
+ else
+ unbind_variable ("_");
+}
return " ";
return ";";
}
+ else if (two_tokens_ago == CASE && token_before_that == WORD && (parser_state & PST_CASESTMT))
+ return " ";
for (i = 0; no_semi_successors[i]; i++)
{
goto next_character;
}
/* Identify possible compound array variable assignment. */
- else if MBTEST(character == '=' && token_index > 0 && token_is_assignment (token, token_index))
+ else if MBTEST(character == '=' && token_index > 0 && (assignment_acceptable (last_read_token) || (parser_state & PST_ASSIGNOK)) && token_is_assignment (token, token_index))
{
peek_char = shell_getc (1);
if MBTEST(peek_char == '(') /* ) */
SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
char *ifs_value;
unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
+size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal;
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
- ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC);
+ ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
else
ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, EX_NOALLOC);
char *charlist;
{
register int i = *sindex;
+ size_t slen;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t *wcharlist;
+#endif
int c;
char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
{
return temp;
}
- for (i = *sindex; c = string[i]; i++)
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ i = *sindex;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = strlen (charlist);
+ wcharlist = 0;
+#endif
+ while (c = string[i])
{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength;
+#endif
if (c == CTLESC)
{
- i++;
+ i += 2;
continue;
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - 1);
+ if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wcharlist == 0)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
+ if (len == -1)
+ len = 0;
+ wcharlist = xmalloc ((sizeof (wchar_t) * len) + 1);
+ mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len);
+ }
+
+ if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ FREE (wcharlist);
+#endif
+
temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
- Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". ) */
char *
extract_command_subst (string, sindex)
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
- return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", 0));
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", 0)); /*)*/
}
/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
d2 = 0;
if (delims)
{
- d2 = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (delims) + 1);
- for (i = ts = 0; delims[i]; i++)
+ size_t slength;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength = 1;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slength = strlen (delims);
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
+ i = ts = 0;
+ while (delims[i])
{
- if (whitespace(delims[i]) == 0)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t state_bak = state;
+ mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ state = state_bak;
+ else if (mblength != 1)
+ {
+ memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
+ ts += mblength;
+ i += mblength;
+ slength -= mblength;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+
+ i++;
+ slength--;
}
d2[ts] = '\0';
}
string_list_dollar_star (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+#else
char sep[2];
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+#else
sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
return (string_list_internal (list, sep));
}
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted;
{
- char *ifs, sep[2];
+ char *ifs;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
WORD_LIST *tlist;
/* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs && *ifs)
+ {
+ size_t mblength;
+ mblength = MBLEN (ifs, strnlen (ifs, MB_CUR_MAX));
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength) || mblength == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = *ifs;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs, mblength);
+ sep[mblength] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
tlist = ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (ifs && *ifs == 0))
? quote_list (list)
WORD_DESC *t;
char *current_word, *s;
int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep;
+ size_t slen;
if (!string || !*string)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
separators[2] == '\n' &&
separators[3] == '\0';
+ slen = 0;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (string[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ if (slen == 0)
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ }
/* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
register char *s;
char *current_word;
int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep;
+ size_t slen;
if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
return ((char *)NULL);
separators[2] == '\n' &&
separators[3] == '\0';
+ slen = 0;
+
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in IFS. */
if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (s[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ if (slen == 0)
+ slen = strlen (s);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
+ }
/* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
ifs_var = v;
ifs_value = v ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
- /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. */
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
+ handle multibyte chars in IFS */
memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
{
ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_value == 0)
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t ifs_len;
+ ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
+ ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
+ ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
+ }
+#else
ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+#endif
}
char *
--- /dev/null
+/* subst.c -- The part of the shell that does parameter, command, and
+ globbing substitutions. */
+
+/* ``Have a little faith, there's magic in the night. You ain't a
+ beauty, but, hey, you're alright.'' */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#include "bashtypes.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "chartypes.h"
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "bashansi.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+#include "bashintl.h"
+
+#include "shell.h"
+#include "flags.h"
+#include "jobs.h"
+#include "execute_cmd.h"
+#include "filecntl.h"
+#include "trap.h"
+#include "pathexp.h"
+#include "mailcheck.h"
+
+#include "shmbutil.h"
+
+#include "builtins/getopt.h"
+#include "builtins/common.h"
+
+#include <tilde/tilde.h>
+#include <glob/strmatch.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+/* The size that strings change by. */
+#define DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE 112
+#define DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE 128
+
+/* Variable types. */
+#define VT_VARIABLE 0
+#define VT_POSPARMS 1
+#define VT_ARRAYVAR 2
+#define VT_ARRAYMEMBER 3
+
+#define VT_STARSUB 128 /* $* or ${array[*]} -- used to split */
+
+/* Flags for quoted_strchr */
+#define ST_BACKSL 0x01
+#define ST_CTLESC 0x02
+#define ST_SQUOTE 0x04 /* unused yet */
+#define ST_DQUOTE 0x08 /* unused yet */
+
+/* Flags for the string extraction functions. */
+#define EX_NOALLOC 0x01 /* just skip; don't return substring */
+#define EX_VARNAME 0x02 /* variable name; for string_extract () */
+
+/* Flags for the `pflags' argument to param_expand() */
+#define PF_NOCOMSUB 0x01 /* Do not perform command substitution */
+
+/* These defs make it easier to use the editor. */
+#define LBRACE '{'
+#define RBRACE '}'
+#define LPAREN '('
+#define RPAREN ')'
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters whose length
+ can be taken, but is also one of the special expansion characters. */
+#define VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM(c) \
+ ((c) == '-' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '#')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the shell's special parameters for which an
+ indirect variable reference may be made. */
+#define VALID_INDIR_PARAM(c) \
+ ((c) == '#' || (c) == '?' || (c) == '@' || (c) == '*')
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is one of the OP characters that follows the parameter
+ in ${parameter[:]OPword}. */
+#define VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR(c) (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)c] & CSUBSTOP)
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if this is one of the shell's special variables. */
+#define SPECIAL_VAR(name, wi) \
+ ((DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name)) || \
+ (name[1] == '\0' && (sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char)*name] & CSPECVAR)) || \
+ (wi && name[2] == '\0' && VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1])))
+
+/* An expansion function that takes a string and a quoted flag and returns
+ a WORD_LIST *. Used as the type of the third argument to
+ expand_string_if_necessary(). */
+typedef WORD_LIST *EXPFUNC __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Process ID of the last command executed within command substitution. */
+pid_t last_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+pid_t current_command_subst_pid = NO_PID;
+
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+char *ifs_value;
+unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+
+/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
+extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal;
+extern int subshell_environment;
+extern int subshell_level;
+extern int eof_encountered;
+extern int return_catch_flag, return_catch_value;
+extern pid_t dollar_dollar_pid;
+extern int posixly_correct;
+extern char *this_command_name;
+extern struct fd_bitmap *current_fds_to_close;
+extern int wordexp_only;
+extern int expanding_redir;
+extern int tempenv_assign_error;
+
+/* Non-zero means to allow unmatched globbed filenames to expand to
+ a null file. */
+int allow_null_glob_expansion;
+
+/* Non-zero means to throw an error when globbing fails to match anything. */
+int fail_glob_expansion;
+
+#if 0
+/* Variables to keep track of which words in an expanded word list (the
+ output of expand_word_list_internal) are the result of globbing
+ expansions. GLOB_ARGV_FLAGS is used by execute_cmd.c.
+ (CURRENTLY UNUSED). */
+char *glob_argv_flags;
+static int glob_argv_flags_size;
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST expand_word_error, expand_word_fatal;
+static char expand_param_error, expand_param_fatal;
+
+/* Tell the expansion functions to not longjmp back to top_level on fatal
+ errors. Enabled when doing completion and prompt string expansion. */
+static int no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+/* Set by expand_word_unsplit; used to inhibit splitting and re-joining
+ $* on $IFS, primarily when doing assignment statements. */
+static int expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+/* Used to hold a list of variable assignments preceding a command. Global
+ so the SIGCHLD handler in jobs.c can unwind-protect it when it runs a
+ SIGCHLD trap. */
+WORD_LIST *subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+/* A WORD_LIST of words to be expanded by expand_word_list_internal,
+ without any leading variable assignments. */
+static WORD_LIST *garglist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+static char *quoted_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static int quoted_strlen __P((char *));
+static char *quoted_strchr __P((char *, int, int));
+
+static char *expand_string_if_necessary __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static inline char *expand_string_to_string_internal __P((char *, int, EXPFUNC *));
+static WORD_LIST *call_expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_internal __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_leave_quoted __P((char *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_string_for_rhs __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *list_quote_escapes __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static char *dequote_escapes __P((char *));
+static char *make_quoted_char __P((int));
+static WORD_LIST *quote_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *dequote_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static char *remove_quoted_escapes __P((char *));
+static char *remove_quoted_nulls __P((char *));
+
+static int unquoted_substring __P((char *, char *));
+static int unquoted_member __P((int, char *));
+
+static int do_assignment_internal __P((const char *, int));
+
+static char *string_extract_verbatim __P((char *, int *, char *));
+static char *string_extract __P((char *, int *, char *, int));
+static char *string_extract_double_quoted __P((char *, int *, int));
+static inline char *string_extract_single_quoted __P((char *, int *));
+static inline int skip_single_quoted __P((char *, size_t, int));
+static int skip_double_quoted __P((char *, size_t, int));
+static char *extract_delimited_string __P((char *, int *, char *, char *, char *, int));
+static char *extract_dollar_brace_string __P((char *, int *, int, int));
+
+static char *pos_params __P((char *, int, int, int));
+
+static unsigned char *mb_getcharlens __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *remove_upattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+# if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP)
+static wchar_t *wcsdup __P((wchar_t *));
+# endif
+static wchar_t *remove_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, size_t, wchar_t *, int));
+#endif
+static char *remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+static int match_pattern_char __P((char *, char *));
+static int match_upattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int match_pattern_wchar __P((wchar_t *, wchar_t *));
+static int match_wpattern __P((wchar_t *, char **, size_t, wchar_t *, int, char **, char **));
+#endif
+static int match_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, char **, char **));
+static int getpatspec __P((int, char *));
+static char *getpattern __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *variable_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, int, int));
+static char *list_remove_pattern __P((WORD_LIST *, char *, int, int, int));
+static char *parameter_list_remove_pattern __P((int, char *, int, int));
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static char *array_remove_pattern __P((ARRAY *, char *, int, char *, int));
+#endif
+static char *parameter_brace_remove_pattern __P((char *, char *, char *, int, int));
+
+static char *process_substitute __P((char *, int));
+
+static char *read_comsub __P((int, int));
+
+#ifdef ARRAY_VARS
+static arrayind_t array_length_reference __P((char *));
+#endif
+
+static int valid_brace_expansion_word __P((char *, int));
+static int chk_atstar __P((char *, int, int *, int *));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_expand_word __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_expand_indir __P((char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static char *parameter_brace_expand_rhs __P((char *, char *, int, int, int *, int *));
+static void parameter_brace_expand_error __P((char *, char *));
+
+static int valid_length_expression __P((char *));
+static intmax_t parameter_brace_expand_length __P((char *));
+
+static char *skiparith __P((char *, int));
+static int verify_substring_values __P((char *, char *, int, intmax_t *, intmax_t *));
+static int get_var_and_type __P((char *, char *, int, SHELL_VAR **, char **));
+static char *mb_substring __P((char *, int, int));
+static char *parameter_brace_substring __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *pos_params_pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_patsub __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+static char *parameter_brace_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *));
+static char *param_expand __P((char *, int *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_internal __P((WORD_DESC *, int, int, int *, int *));
+
+static WORD_LIST *word_list_split __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+static void exp_jump_to_top_level __P((int));
+
+static WORD_LIST *separate_out_assignments __P((WORD_LIST *));
+static WORD_LIST *glob_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#ifdef BRACE_EXPANSION
+static WORD_LIST *brace_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+#endif
+static WORD_LIST *shell_expand_word_list __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+static WORD_LIST *expand_word_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Utility Functions */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+static char *
+quoted_substring (string, start, end)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end;
+{
+ register int len, l;
+ register char *result, *s, *r;
+
+ len = end - start;
+
+ /* Move to string[start], skipping quoted characters. */
+ for (s = string, l = 0; *s && l < start; )
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (2*len + 1); /* save room for quotes */
+
+ /* Copy LEN characters, including quote characters. */
+ s = string + l;
+ for (l = 0; l < len; s++)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ *r++ = *s;
+ l++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef INCLUDE_UNUSED
+/* Return the length of S, skipping over quoted characters */
+static int
+quoted_strlen (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ register char *p;
+ int i;
+
+ i = 0;
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (*p == CTLESC)
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == 0)
+ return (i + 1);
+ }
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ return i;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Find the first occurrence of character C in string S, obeying shell
+ quoting rules. If (FLAGS & ST_BACKSL) is non-zero, backslash-escaped
+ characters are skipped. If (FLAGS & ST_CTLESC) is non-zero, characters
+ escaped with CTLESC are skipped. */
+static char *
+quoted_strchr (s, c, flags)
+ char *s;
+ int c, flags;
+{
+ register char *p;
+
+ for (p = s; *p; p++)
+ {
+ if (((flags & ST_BACKSL) && *p == '\\')
+ || ((flags & ST_CTLESC) && *p == CTLESC))
+ {
+ p++;
+ if (*p == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (*p == c)
+ return p;
+ }
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if CHARACTER appears in an unquoted portion of
+ STRING. Return 0 otherwise. CHARACTER must be a single-byte character. */
+static int
+unquoted_member (character, string)
+ int character;
+ char *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sindex = 0;
+ while (c = string[sindex])
+ {
+ if (c == character)
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if SUBSTR appears in an unquoted portion of STRING. */
+static int
+unquoted_substring (substr, string)
+ char *substr, *string;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ int sindex, c, sublen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (substr == 0 || *substr == '\0')
+ return (0);
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ for (sindex = 0; c = string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ if (STREQN (string + sindex, substr, sublen))
+ return (1);
+
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ sindex++;
+
+ if (string[sindex])
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ sindex = skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ sindex = skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++sindex);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return (0);
+}
+
+/* Most of the substitutions must be done in parallel. In order
+ to avoid using tons of unclear goto's, I have some functions
+ for manipulating malloc'ed strings. They all take INDX, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the offset into the string
+ where manipulation is taking place. They also take SIZE, a
+ pointer to an integer which is the current length of the
+ character array for this string. */
+
+/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
+ of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
+ case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by freeing it.
+ Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
+INLINE char *
+sub_append_string (source, target, indx, size)
+ char *source, *target;
+ int *indx, *size;
+{
+ if (source)
+ {
+ int srclen, n;
+
+ srclen = STRLEN (source);
+ if (srclen >= (int)(*size - *indx))
+ {
+ n = srclen + *indx;
+ n = (n + DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE) - (n % DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ target = (char *)xrealloc (target, (*size = n));
+ }
+
+ FASTCOPY (source, target + *indx, srclen);
+ *indx += srclen;
+ target[*indx] = '\0';
+
+ free (source);
+ }
+ return (target);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
+ INDX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
+char *
+sub_append_number (number, target, indx, size)
+ intmax_t number;
+ int *indx, *size;
+ char *target;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = itos (number);
+ return (sub_append_string (temp, target, indx, size));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract a substring from STRING, starting at SINDEX and ending with
+ one of the characters in CHARLIST. Don't make the ending character
+ part of the string. Leave SINDEX pointing at the ending character.
+ Understand about backslashes in the string. If (flags & EX_VARNAME)
+ is non-zero, and array variables have been compiled into the shell,
+ everything between a `[' and a corresponding `]' is skipped over.
+ If (flags & EX_NOALLOC) is non-zero, don't return the substring, just
+ update SINDEX. */
+static char *
+string_extract (string, sindex, charlist, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+ int flags;
+{
+ register int c, i;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ if (string[i + 1])
+ i++;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((flags & EX_VARNAME) && c == '[')
+ {
+ int ni;
+ /* If this is an array subscript, skip over it and continue. */
+ ni = skipsubscript (string, i);
+ if (string[ni] == ']')
+ i = ni;
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ temp = (flags & EX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in double quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening double quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing double quote. If STRIPDQ is non-zero, unquoted double
+ quotes are stripped and the string is terminated by a null byte.
+ Backslashes between the embedded double quotes are processed. If STRIPDQ
+ is zero, an unquoted `"' terminates the string. */
+static char *
+string_extract_double_quoted (string, sindex, stripdq)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, stripdq;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *send;
+ int j, i, t;
+ unsigned char c;
+ char *temp, *ret; /* The new string we return. */
+ int pass_next, backquote, si; /* State variables for the machine. */
+ int dquote;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = dquote = 0;
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + slen - *sindex);
+
+ j = 0;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ /* Process a character that was quoted by a backslash. */
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ /* Posix.2 sez:
+
+ ``The backslash shall retain its special meaning as an escape
+ character only when followed by one of the characters:
+ $ ` " \ <newline>''.
+
+ If STRIPDQ is zero, we handle the double quotes here and let
+ expand_word_internal handle the rest. If STRIPDQ is non-zero,
+ we have already been through one round of backslash stripping,
+ and want to strip these backslashes only if DQUOTE is non-zero,
+ indicating that we are inside an embedded double-quoted string. */
+
+ /* If we are in an embedded quoted string, then don't strip
+ backslashes before characters for which the backslash
+ retains its special meaning, but remove backslashes in
+ front of other characters. If we are not in an
+ embedded quoted string, don't strip backslashes at all.
+ This mess is necessary because the string was already
+ surrounded by double quotes (and sh has some really weird
+ quoting rules).
+ The returned string will be run through expansion as if
+ it were double-quoted. */
+ if ((stripdq == 0 && c != '"') ||
+ (stripdq && ((dquote && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE)) || dquote == 0)))
+ temp[j++] = '\\';
+ pass_next = 0;
+
+add_one_character:
+ COPY_CHAR_I (temp, j, string, send, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* A backslash protects the next character. The code just above
+ handles preserving the backslash in front of any character but
+ a double quote. */
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Inside backquotes, ``the portion of the quoted string from the
+ initial backquote and the characters up to the next backquote
+ that is not preceded by a backslash, having escape characters
+ removed, defines that command''. */
+ if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ temp[j++] = c;
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass everything between `$(' and the matching `)' or a quoted
+ ${ ... } pair through according to the Posix.2 specification. */
+ if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ int free_ret = 1;
+
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", 0); /*)*/
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 1, 0);
+
+ temp[j++] = '$';
+ temp[j++] = string[i + 1];
+
+ /* Just paranoia; ret will not be 0 unless no_longjmp_on_fatal_error
+ is set. */
+ if (ret == 0 && no_longjmp_on_fatal_error)
+ {
+ free_ret = 0;
+ ret = string + i + 2;
+ }
+
+ for (t = 0; ret[t]; t++, j++)
+ temp[j] = ret[t];
+ temp[j] = string[si];
+
+ if (string[si])
+ {
+ j++;
+ i = si + 1;
+ }
+ else
+ i = si;
+
+ if (free_ret)
+ free (ret);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add any character but a double quote to the quoted string we're
+ accumulating. */
+ if (c != '"')
+ goto add_one_character;
+
+ /* c == '"' */
+ if (stripdq)
+ {
+ dquote ^= 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ temp[j] = '\0';
+
+ /* Point to after the closing quote. */
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* This should really be another option to string_extract_double_quoted. */
+static int
+skip_double_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ int c, i;
+ char *ret;
+ int pass_next, backquote, si;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_next = backquote = 0;
+ i = sind;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backquote)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backquote = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backquote++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && ((string[i + 1] == LPAREN) || (string[i + 1] == LBRACE)))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
+ ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC);
+ else
+ ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, EX_NOALLOC);
+
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c != '"')
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (c)
+ i++;
+
+ return (i);
+}
+
+/* Extract the contents of STRING as if it is enclosed in single quotes.
+ SINDEX, when passed in, is the offset of the character immediately
+ following the opening single quote; on exit, SINDEX is left pointing after
+ the closing single quote. */
+static inline char *
+string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ register int i;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (string[i] && string[i] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+
+ t = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+
+ if (string[i])
+ i++;
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (t);
+}
+
+static inline int
+skip_single_quoted (string, slen, sind)
+ char *string;
+ size_t slen;
+ int sind;
+{
+ register int c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ c = sind;
+ while (string[c] && string[c] != '\'')
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, c);
+
+ if (string[c])
+ c++;
+ return c;
+}
+
+/* Just like string_extract, but doesn't hack backslashes or any of
+ that other stuff. Obeys CTLESC quoting. Used to do splitting on $IFS. */
+static char *
+string_extract_verbatim (string, sindex, charlist)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *charlist;
+{
+ register int i = *sindex;
+ int c;
+ char *temp;
+
+ if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, sindex);
+ --*sindex; /* leave *sindex at separator character */
+ return temp;
+ }
+
+ for (i = *sindex; c = string[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (c == CTLESC)
+ {
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+
+ temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */
+char *
+extract_command_subst (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", 0));
+}
+
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching "]". */
+char *
+extract_arithmetic_subst (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$[", "[", "]", 0)); /*]*/
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */ /*))*/
+char *
+extract_process_subst (string, starter, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ char *starter;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, starter, "(", ")", 0));
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+char *
+extract_array_assignment_list (string, sindex)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+{
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "(", (char *)NULL, ")", 0));
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Extract and create a new string from the contents of STRING, a
+ character string delimited with OPENER and CLOSER. SINDEX is
+ the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first OPENER found. On exit,
+ SINDEX gets the position of the last character of the matching CLOSER.
+ If OPENER is more than a single character, ALT_OPENER, if non-null,
+ contains a character string that can also match CLOSER and thus
+ needs to be skipped. */
+static char *
+extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex;
+ char *opener, *alt_opener, *closer;
+ int flags;
+{
+ int i, c, si;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *t, *result;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level;
+ int len_closer, len_opener, len_alt_opener;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ len_opener = STRLEN (opener);
+ len_alt_opener = STRLEN (alt_opener);
+ len_closer = STRLEN (closer);
+
+ pass_character = 0;
+
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ i = *sindex;
+
+ while (nesting_level)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (pass_character) /* previous char was backslash */
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested OPENER. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, opener, len_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|EX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Process a nested ALT_OPENER */
+ if (len_alt_opener && STREQN (string + i, alt_opener, len_alt_opener))
+ {
+ si = i + len_alt_opener;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, alt_opener, alt_opener, closer, flags|EX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* If the current substring terminates the delimited string, decrement
+ the nesting level. */
+ if (STREQN (string + i, closer, len_closer))
+ {
+ i += len_closer - 1; /* move to last byte of the closer */
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass old-style command substitution through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|EX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass single-quoted and double-quoted strings through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s"), closer, string);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ si = i - *sindex - len_closer + 1;
+ if (flags & EX_NOALLOC)
+ result = (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (1 + si);
+ strncpy (result, string + *sindex, si);
+ result[si] = '\0';
+ }
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Extract a parameter expansion expression within ${ and } from STRING.
+ Obey the Posix.2 rules for finding the ending `}': count braces while
+ skipping over enclosed quoted strings and command substitutions.
+ SINDEX is the address of an int describing the current offset in STRING;
+ it should point to just after the first `{' found. On exit, SINDEX
+ gets the position of the matching `}'. QUOTED is non-zero if this
+ occurs inside double quotes. */
+/* XXX -- this is very similar to extract_delimited_string -- XXX */
+static char *
+extract_dollar_brace_string (string, sindex, quoted, flags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, flags;
+{
+ register int i, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ int pass_character, nesting_level, si;
+ char *result, *t;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ pass_character = 0;
+ nesting_level = 1;
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+
+ i = *sindex;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_character)
+ {
+ pass_character = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* CTLESCs and backslashes quote the next character. */
+ if (c == CTLESC || c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_character++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level++;
+ i += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (c == RBRACE)
+ {
+ nesting_level--;
+ if (nesting_level == 0)
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of old-style command substitutions through
+ verbatim. */
+ if (c == '`')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ t = string_extract (string, &si, "`", flags|EX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of new-style command substitutions and
+ arithmetic substitutions through verbatim. */
+ if (string[i] == '$' && string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ t = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", flags|EX_NOALLOC); /*)*/
+ i = si + 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass the contents of single-quoted and double-quoted strings
+ through verbatim. */
+ if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ si = i + 1;
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, si)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, si);
+ /* skip_XXX_quoted leaves index one past close quote */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* move past this character, which was not special. */
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (c == 0 && nesting_level)
+ {
+ if (no_longjmp_on_fatal_error == 0)
+ { /* { */
+ report_error ("bad substitution: no closing `%s' in %s", "}", string);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *sindex = i;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ result = (flags & EX_NOALLOC) ? (char *)NULL : substring (string, *sindex, i);
+ *sindex = i;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
+ STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
+char *
+de_backslash (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ /* Loop copying string[i] to string[j], i >= j. */
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && (string[i + 1] == '`' || string[i + 1] == '\\' ||
+ string[i + 1] == '$'))
+ i++;
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/*UNUSED*/
+/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
+void
+unquote_bang (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register int i, j;
+ register char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+
+ for (i = 0, j = 0; (temp[j] = string[i]); i++, j++)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == '\\' && string[i + 1] == '!')
+ {
+ temp[j] = '!';
+ i++;
+ }
+ }
+ strcpy (string, temp);
+ free (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+/* Return 1 if the portion of STRING ending at EINDEX is quoted (there is
+ an unclosed quoted string), or if the character at EINDEX is quoted
+ by a backslash. NO_LONGJMP_ON_FATAL_ERROR is used to flag that the various
+ single and double-quoted string parsing functions should not return an
+ error if there are unclosed quotes or braces. The characters that this
+ recognizes need to be the same as the contents of
+ rl_completer_quote_characters. */
+
+#define CQ_RETURN(x) do { no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0; return (x); } while (0)
+
+int
+char_is_quoted (string, eindex)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ i = pass_next = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ c = string[i];
+
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ CQ_RETURN(1);
+ /* no increment, the skip_xxx functions go one past end */
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(0);
+}
+
+int
+unclosed_pair (string, eindex, openstr)
+ char *string;
+ int eindex;
+ char *openstr;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, openc, olen;
+ size_t slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ olen = strlen (openstr);
+ i = pass_next = openc = 0;
+ while (i <= eindex)
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (i >= eindex) /* XXX was if (i >= eindex - 1) */
+ return 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (STREQN (string + i, openstr, olen))
+ {
+ openc = 1 - openc;
+ i += olen;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '"')
+ {
+ i = (string[i] == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, i);
+ if (i > eindex)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+ return (openc);
+}
+
+/* Skip characters in STRING until we find a character in DELIMS, and return
+ the index of that character. START is the index into string at which we
+ begin. This is similar in spirit to strpbrk, but it returns an index into
+ STRING and takes a starting index. This little piece of code knows quite
+ a lot of shell syntax. It's very similar to skip_double_quoted and other
+ functions of that ilk. */
+int
+skip_to_delim (string, start, delims)
+ char *string;
+ int start;
+ char *delims;
+{
+ int i, pass_next, backq, si, c;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string + start) + start;
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ i = start;
+ pass_next = backq = 0;
+ while (c = string[i])
+ {
+ if (pass_next)
+ {
+ pass_next = 0;
+ if (c == 0)
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ pass_next = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (backq)
+ {
+ if (c == '`')
+ backq = 0;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '`')
+ {
+ backq = 1;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'' || c == '"')
+ {
+ i = (c == '\'') ? skip_single_quoted (string, slen, ++i)
+ : skip_double_quoted (string, slen, ++i);
+ /* no increment, the skip functions increment past the closing quote. */
+ }
+ else if (c == '$' && (string[i+1] == LPAREN || string[i+1] == LBRACE))
+ {
+ si = i + 2;
+ if (string[si] == '\0')
+ CQ_RETURN(si);
+
+ if (string[i+1] == LPAREN)
+ temp = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
+ else
+ temp = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, EX_NOALLOC);
+ i = si;
+ if (string[i] == '\0') /* don't increment i past EOS in loop */
+ break;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ else if (member (c, delims))
+ break;
+ else
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ CQ_RETURN(i);
+}
+
+/* Split STRING (length SLEN) at DELIMS, and return a WORD_LIST with the
+ individual words. If DELIMS is NULL, the current value of $IFS is used
+ to split the string, and the function follows the shell field splitting
+ rules. SENTINEL is an index to look for. NWP, if non-NULL,
+ gets the number of words in the returned list. CWP, if non-NULL, gets
+ the index of the word containing SENTINEL. Non-whitespace chars in
+ DELIMS delimit separate fields. */
+WORD_LIST *
+split_at_delims (string, slen, delims, sentinel, nwp, cwp)
+ char *string;
+ int slen;
+ char *delims;
+ int sentinel;
+ int *nwp, *cwp;
+{
+ int ts, te, i, nw, cw, ifs_split;
+ char *token, *d, *d2;
+ WORD_LIST *ret, *tl;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ {
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = 0;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = 0;
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ d = (delims == 0) ? ifs_value : delims;
+ ifs_split = delims == 0;
+
+ /* Make d2 the non-whitespace characters in delims */
+ d2 = 0;
+ if (delims)
+ {
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (delims) + 1);
+ for (i = ts = 0; delims[i]; i++)
+ {
+ if (whitespace(delims[i]) == 0)
+ d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+ }
+ d2[ts] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ ret = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitspace characters at the start of the string, as
+ long as those characters are delimiters. */
+ for (i = 0; member (string[i], d) && spctabnl (string[i]); i++)
+ ;
+ if (string[i] == '\0')
+ return (ret);
+
+ ts = i;
+ nw = 0;
+ cw = -1;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ te = skip_to_delim (string, ts, d);
+
+ /* If we have a non-whitespace delimiter character, use it to make a
+ separate field. This is just about what $IFS splitting does and
+ is closer to the behavior of the shell parser. */
+ if (ts == te && d2 && member (string[ts], d2))
+ {
+ te = ts + 1;
+ /* If we're using IFS splitting, the non-whitespace delimiter char
+ and any additional IFS whitespace delimits a field. */
+ if (ifs_split)
+ while (member (string[te], d) && spctabnl (string[te]))
+ te++;
+ else
+ while (member (string[te], d2))
+ te++;
+ }
+
+ token = substring (string, ts, te);
+
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ free (token);
+ nw++;
+
+ if (sentinel >= ts && sentinel <= te)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace just before word start, set the
+ sentinel word to the current word. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel == ts-1)
+ cw = nw;
+
+ /* If the cursor is at whitespace between two words, make a new, empty
+ word, add it before (well, after, since the list is in reverse order)
+ the word we just added, and set the current word to that one. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel < ts)
+ {
+ tl = make_word_list (make_word (""), ret->next);
+ ret->next = tl;
+ cw = nw;
+ nw++;
+ }
+
+ if (string[te] == 0)
+ break;
+
+ i = te;
+ while (member (string[i], d) && (ifs_split || spctabnl(string[i])))
+ i++;
+
+ if (string[i])
+ ts = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Special case for SENTINEL at the end of STRING. If we haven't found
+ the word containing SENTINEL yet, and the index we're looking for is at
+ the end of STRING, add an additional null argument and set the current
+ word pointer to that. */
+ if (cwp && cw == -1 && sentinel >= slen)
+ {
+ if (whitespace (string[sentinel - 1]))
+ {
+ token = "";
+ ret = add_string_to_list (token, ret);
+ nw++;
+ }
+ cw = nw;
+ }
+
+ if (nwp)
+ *nwp = nw;
+ if (cwp)
+ *cwp = cw;
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (ret, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif /* READLINE */
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+char *
+assignment_name (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ int offset;
+ char *temp;
+
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ if (offset == 0)
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ temp = substring (string, 0, offset);
+ return (temp);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions to convert strings to WORD_LISTs and vice versa */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words in LIST. SEP is the separator
+ to put between individual elements of LIST in the output string. */
+char *
+string_list_internal (list, sep)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *sep;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+ char *result, *r;
+ int word_len, sep_len, result_size;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ /* Short-circuit quickly if we don't need to separate anything. */
+ if (list->next == 0)
+ return (savestring (list->word->word));
+
+ /* This is nearly always called with either sep[0] == 0 or sep[1] == 0. */
+ sep_len = STRLEN (sep);
+ result_size = 0;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list)
+ result_size += sep_len;
+ result_size += strlen (t->word->word);
+ }
+
+ r = result = (char *)xmalloc (result_size + 1);
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (t != list && sep_len)
+ {
+ if (sep_len > 1)
+ {
+ FASTCOPY (sep, r, sep_len);
+ r += sep_len;
+ }
+ else
+ *r++ = sep[0];
+ }
+
+ word_len = strlen (t->word->word);
+ FASTCOPY (t->word->word, r, word_len);
+ r += word_len;
+ }
+
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with a space. */
+char *
+string_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (string_list_internal (list, " "));
+}
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, obeying the
+ quoting rules for "$*", to wit: (P1003.2, draft 11, 3.5.2) "If the
+ expansion [of $*] appears within a double quoted string, it expands
+ to a single field with the value of each parameter separated by the
+ first character of the IFS variable, or by a <space> if IFS is unset." */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_star (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ char sep[2];
+
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+
+ return (string_list_internal (list, sep));
+}
+
+/* Turn $@ into a string. If (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ is non-zero, the $@ appears within double quotes, and we should quote
+ the list before converting it into a string. If IFS is unset, and the
+ word is not quoted, we just need to quote CTLESC and CTLNUL characters
+ in the words in the list, because the default value of $IFS is
+ <space><tab><newline>, IFS characters in the words in the list should
+ also be split. If IFS is null, and the word is not quoted, we need
+ to quote the words in the list to preserve the positional parameters
+ exactly. */
+char *
+string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ char *ifs, sep[2];
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ /* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
+ ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
+
+ sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+
+ tlist = ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (ifs && *ifs == 0))
+ ? quote_list (list)
+ : list_quote_escapes (list);
+ return (string_list_internal (tlist, sep));
+}
+
+/* Return the list of words present in STRING. Separate the string into
+ words at any of the characters found in SEPARATORS. If QUOTED is
+ non-zero then word in the list will have its quoted flag set, otherwise
+ the quoted flag is left as make_word () deemed fit.
+
+ This obeys the P1003.2 word splitting semantics. If `separators' is
+ exactly <space><tab><newline>, then the splitting algorithm is that of
+ the Bourne shell, which treats any sequence of characters from `separators'
+ as a delimiter. If IFS is unset, which results in `separators' being set
+ to "", no splitting occurs. If separators has some other value, the
+ following rules are applied (`IFS white space' means zero or more
+ occurrences of <space>, <tab>, or <newline>, as long as those characters
+ are in `separators'):
+
+ 1) IFS white space is ignored at the start and the end of the
+ string.
+ 2) Each occurrence of a character in `separators' that is not
+ IFS white space, along with any adjacent occurrences of
+ IFS white space delimits a field.
+ 3) Any nonzero-length sequence of IFS white space delimits a field.
+ */
+
+/* BEWARE! list_string strips null arguments. Don't call it twice and
+ expect to have "" preserved! */
+
+/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
+ STRING. */
+#define issep(c) \
+ (((separators)[0]) ? ((separators)[1] ? isifs(c) \
+ : (c) == (separators)[0]) \
+ : 0)
+
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string (string, separators, quoted)
+ register char *string, *separators;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+ WORD_DESC *t;
+ char *current_word, *s;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep;
+
+ if (!string || !*string)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
+ STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
+ if (!quoted || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (s = string; *s && spctabnl (*s) && issep (*s); s++);
+
+ if (!*s)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ string = s;
+ }
+
+ /* OK, now STRING points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ The splitting algorithm is:
+ extract a word, stopping at a separator
+ skip sequences of spc, tab, or nl as long as they are separators
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ for (result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, sindex = 0; string[sindex]; )
+ {
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (string, &sindex, separators);
+ if (current_word == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted empty string, add a quoted null argument. We
+ want to preserve the quoted null character iff this is a quoted
+ empty string; otherwise the quoted null characters are removed
+ below. */
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (current_word))
+ {
+ t = make_bare_word ("");
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ free (t->word);
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+ else if (current_word[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ /* If we have something, then add it regardless. However,
+ perform quoted null character removal on the current word. */
+ remove_quoted_nulls (current_word);
+ result = add_string_to_list (current_word, result);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ result->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+
+ /* If we're not doing sequences of separators in the traditional
+ Bourne shell style, then add a quoted null argument. */
+ else if (!sh_style_split && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ t = make_bare_word ("");
+ t->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ free (t->word);
+ t->word = make_quoted_char ('\0');
+ result = make_word_list (t, result);
+ }
+
+ free (current_word);
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (string[sindex] && spctabnl (string[sindex]) && issep (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character
+ is a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current
+ field delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an
+ empty field. Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (string[sindex] && whitesep && issep (string[sindex]) && !spctabnl (string[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (result, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+/* Parse a single word from STRING, using SEPARATORS to separate fields.
+ ENDPTR is set to the first character after the word. This is used by
+ the `read' builtin. This is never called with SEPARATORS != $IFS;
+ it should be simplified.
+
+ XXX - this function is very similar to list_string; they should be
+ combined - XXX */
+char *
+get_word_from_string (stringp, separators, endptr)
+ char **stringp, *separators, **endptr;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ char *current_word;
+ int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep;
+
+ if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ s = *stringp;
+
+ sh_style_split = separators && separators[0] == ' ' &&
+ separators[1] == '\t' &&
+ separators[2] == '\n' &&
+ separators[3] == '\0';
+
+ /* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
+ long as those characters appear in IFS. */
+ if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
+ {
+ for (; *s && spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s); s++);
+
+ /* If the string is nothing but whitespace, update it and return. */
+ if (!*s)
+ {
+ *stringp = s;
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s;
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* OK, S points to a word that does not begin with white space.
+ Now extract a word, stopping at a separator, save a pointer to
+ the first character after the word, then skip sequences of spc,
+ tab, or nl as long as they are separators.
+
+ This obeys the field splitting rules in Posix.2. */
+ sindex = 0;
+ current_word = string_extract_verbatim (s, &sindex, separators);
+
+ /* Set ENDPTR to the first character after the end of the word. */
+ if (endptr)
+ *endptr = s + sindex;
+
+ /* Note whether or not the separator is IFS whitespace, used later. */
+ whitesep = s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]);
+
+ /* Move past the current separator character. */
+ if (s[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
+ in the list of separators. */
+ while (s[sindex] && spctabnl (s[sindex]) && isifs (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If the first separator was IFS whitespace and the current character is
+ a non-whitespace IFS character, it should be part of the current field
+ delimiter, not a separate delimiter that would result in an empty field.
+ Look at POSIX.2, 3.6.5, (3)(b). */
+ if (s[sindex] && whitesep && isifs (s[sindex]) && !spctabnl (s[sindex]))
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* Update STRING to point to the next field. */
+ *stringp = s + sindex;
+ return (current_word);
+}
+
+/* Remove IFS white space at the end of STRING. Start at the end
+ of the string and walk backwards until the beginning of the string
+ or we find a character that's not IFS white space and not CTLESC.
+ Only let CTLESC escape a white space character if SAW_ESCAPE is
+ non-zero. */
+char *
+strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace (string, separators, saw_escape)
+ char *string, *separators;
+ int saw_escape;
+{
+ char *s;
+
+ s = string + STRLEN (string) - 1;
+ while (s > string && ((spctabnl (*s) && isifs (*s)) ||
+ (saw_escape && *s == CTLESC && spctabnl (s[1]))))
+ s--;
+ *++s = '\0';
+ return string;
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Split STRING into words at whitespace. Obeys shell-style quoting with
+ backslashes, single and double quotes. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_string_with_quotes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *token, *s;
+ size_t s_len;
+ int c, i, tokstart, len;
+
+ for (s = string; s && *s && spctabnl (*s); s++)
+ ;
+ if (s == 0 || *s == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ s_len = strlen (s);
+ tokstart = i = 0;
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ while (1)
+ {
+ c = s[i];
+ if (c == '\\')
+ {
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ i++;
+ }
+ else if (c == '\'')
+ i = skip_single_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == '"')
+ i = skip_double_quoted (s, s_len, ++i);
+ else if (c == 0 || spctabnl (c))
+ {
+ /* We have found the end of a token. Make a word out of it and
+ add it to the word list. */
+ token = substring (s, tokstart, i);
+ list = add_string_to_list (token, list);
+ free (token);
+ while (spctabnl (s[i]))
+ i++;
+ if (s[i])
+ tokstart = i;
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ i++; /* normal character */
+ }
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+#endif
+
+/********************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform assignment statements */
+/* */
+/********************************************************/
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
+ perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
+ case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
+static int
+do_assignment_internal (string, expand)
+ const char *string;
+ int expand;
+{
+ int offset;
+ char *name, *value;
+ SHELL_VAR *entry;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ char *t;
+ int ni;
+#endif
+ int assign_list = 0;
+
+ offset = assignment (string, 0);
+ name = savestring (string);
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (name[offset] == '=')
+ {
+ char *temp;
+
+ name[offset] = 0;
+ temp = name + offset + 1;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (expand && temp[0] == LPAREN && xstrchr (temp, RPAREN))
+ {
+ assign_list = ni = 1;
+ value = extract_delimited_string (temp, &ni, "(", (char *)NULL, ")", 0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+
+ /* Perform tilde expansion. */
+ if (expand && temp[0])
+ {
+ temp = (xstrchr (temp, '~') && unquoted_member ('~', temp))
+ ? bash_tilde_expand (temp, 1)
+ : savestring (temp);
+
+ value = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, 0, expand_string_unsplit);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ value = savestring (temp);
+ }
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ {
+ value = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+ value[0] = '\0';
+ }
+
+ if (echo_command_at_execute)
+ xtrace_print_assignment (name, value, assign_list, 1);
+
+#define ASSIGN_RETURN(r) do { FREE (value); free (name); return (r); } while (0)
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (t = xstrchr (name, '[')) /*]*/
+ {
+ if (assign_list)
+ {
+ report_error (_("%s: cannot assign list to array member"), name);
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ entry = assign_array_element (name, value);
+ if (entry == 0)
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (0);
+ }
+ else if (assign_list)
+ entry = assign_array_from_string (name, value);
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ entry = bind_variable (name, value);
+
+ stupidly_hack_special_variables (name);
+
+ if (entry)
+ VUNSETATTR (entry, att_invisible);
+
+ /* Return 1 if the assignment seems to have been performed correctly. */
+ ASSIGN_RETURN (entry ? ((readonly_p (entry) == 0) && noassign_p (entry) == 0) : 0);
+}
+
+/* Perform the assignment statement in STRING, and expand the
+ right side by doing command and parameter expansion. */
+int
+do_assignment (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ return do_assignment_internal (string, 1);
+}
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. Do not do command and
+ parameter substitution on the right hand side. */
+int
+do_assignment_no_expand (string)
+ const char *string;
+{
+ return do_assignment_internal (string, 0);
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to manage the positional parameters *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
+WORD_LIST *
+list_rest_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list, *args;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Break out of the loop as soon as one of the dollar variables is null. */
+ for (i = 1, list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; i < 10 && dollar_vars[i]; i++)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (dollar_vars[i]), list);
+
+ for (args = rest_of_args; args; args = args->next)
+ list = make_word_list (make_bare_word (args->word->word), list);
+
+ return (REVERSE_LIST (list, WORD_LIST *));
+}
+
+int
+number_of_args ()
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ int n;
+
+ for (n = 0; n < 9 && dollar_vars[n+1]; n++)
+ ;
+ for (list = rest_of_args; list; list = list->next)
+ n++;
+ return n;
+}
+
+/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
+char *
+get_dollar_var_value (ind)
+ intmax_t ind;
+{
+ char *temp;
+ WORD_LIST *p;
+
+ if (ind < 10)
+ temp = dollar_vars[ind] ? savestring (dollar_vars[ind]) : (char *)NULL;
+ else /* We want something like ${11} */
+ {
+ ind -= 10;
+ for (p = rest_of_args; p && ind--; p = p->next)
+ ;
+ temp = p ? savestring (p->word->word) : (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
+ and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
+ case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
+char *
+string_rest_of_args (dollar_star)
+ int dollar_star;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *string;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ string = dollar_star ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Return a string containing the positional parameters from START to
+ END, inclusive. If STRING[0] == '*', we obey the rules for $*,
+ which only makes a difference if QUOTED is non-zero. If QUOTED includes
+ Q_HERE_DOCUMENT or Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, this returns a quoted list, otherwise
+ no quoting chars are added. */
+static char *
+pos_params (string, start, end, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int start, end, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params, *h, *t;
+ char *ret;
+ int i;
+
+ /* see if we can short-circuit. if start == end, we want 0 parameters. */
+ if (start == end)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for (i = 1; params && i < start; i++)
+ params = params->next;
+ if (params == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ for (h = t = params; params && i < end; i++)
+ {
+ t = params;
+ params = params->next;
+ }
+
+ t->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ if (string[0] == '*')
+#if 0
+ ret = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (h)) : string_list (h);
+#else
+ {
+ if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (h));
+ else if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
+ ret = string_list (quote_list (h));
+ else
+ ret = string_list (h);
+ }
+#endif
+ else
+ ret = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (h) : h);
+ if (t != params)
+ t->next = params;
+
+ dispose_words (save);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/******************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to expand strings to strings or WORD_LISTs */
+/* */
+/******************************************************************/
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == '<' || s == '>' || s == CTLESC)
+#else
+#define EXP_CHAR(s) (s == '$' || s == '`' || s == CTLESC)
+#endif
+
+/* If there are any characters in STRING that require full expansion,
+ then call FUNC to expand STRING; otherwise just perform quote
+ removal if necessary. This returns a new string. */
+static char *
+expand_string_if_necessary (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ size_t slen;
+ int i, saw_quote;
+ char *ret;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = saw_quote = 0;
+ while (string[i])
+ {
+ if (EXP_CHAR (string[i]))
+ break;
+ else if (string[i] == '\'' || string[i] == '\\' || string[i] == '"')
+ saw_quote = 1;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ }
+
+ if (string[i])
+ {
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else if (saw_quote && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ ret = string_quote_removal (string, quoted);
+ else
+ ret = savestring (string);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static inline char *
+expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, func)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+ EXPFUNC *func;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *ret;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ list = (*func) (string, quoted);
+ if (list)
+ {
+ ret = string_list (list);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ }
+ else
+ ret = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string));
+}
+
+char *
+expand_string_unsplit_to_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (expand_string_to_string_internal (string, quoted, expand_string_unsplit));
+}
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+/* Just remove backslashes in STRING. Returns a new string. */
+char *
+remove_backslashes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *r, *ret, *s;
+
+ r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1);
+ for (s = string; s && *s; )
+ {
+ if (*s == '\\')
+ s++;
+ if (*s == 0)
+ break;
+ *r++ = *s++;
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This needs better error handling. */
+/* Expand W for use as an argument to a unary or binary operator in a
+ [[...]] expression. If SPECIAL is nonzero, this is the rhs argument
+ to the != or == operator, and should be treated as a pattern. In
+ this case, we quote the string specially for the globbing code. The
+ caller is responsible for removing the backslashes if the unquoted
+ words is needed later. */
+char *
+cond_expand_word (w, special)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int special;
+{
+ char *r, *p;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+
+ if (w->word == 0 || w->word[0] == '\0')
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (xstrchr (w->word, '~') && unquoted_member ('~', w->word))
+ {
+ p = bash_tilde_expand (w->word, 0);
+ free (w->word);
+ w->word = p;
+ }
+
+ l = call_expand_word_internal (w, 0, 0, (int *)0, (int *)0);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ if (special == 0)
+ {
+ dequote_list (l);
+ r = string_list (l);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p = string_list (l);
+ r = quote_string_for_globbing (p, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ free (p);
+ }
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ r = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return r;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Call expand_word_internal to expand W and handle error returns.
+ A convenience function for functions that don't want to handle
+ any errors or free any memory before aborting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+call_expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int q, i, *c, *e;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ result = expand_word_internal (w, q, i, c, e);
+ if (result == &expand_word_error || result == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned, w->word has
+ already been freed (it sometimes may not be in the fatal case,
+ but that doesn't result in a memory leak because we're going
+ to exit in most cases). */
+ w->word = (char *)NULL;
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ exp_jump_to_top_level ((result == &expand_word_error) ? DISCARD : FORCE_EOF);
+ /* NOTREACHED */
+ }
+ else
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on STRING, as if it were a word. Leave the result quoted. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_internal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+
+ FREE (td.word);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
+ and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
+ returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
+ remove_quoted_nulls () is in here because word splitting normally
+ takes care of quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_unsplit (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ value = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+
+/* Expand one of the PS? prompt strings. This is a sort of combination of
+ expand_string_unsplit and expand_string_internal, but returns the
+ passed string when an error occurs. Might want to trap other calls
+ to jump_to_top_level here so we don't endlessly loop. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_prompt_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *value;
+ WORD_DESC td;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = savestring (string);
+
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 1;
+ value = expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ no_longjmp_on_fatal_error = 0;
+
+ if (value == &expand_word_error || value == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ value = make_word_list (make_bare_word (string), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ return value;
+ }
+ FREE (td.word);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ if (value->word)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (value->word->word);
+ dequote_list (value);
+ }
+ return (value);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word, but do not dequote
+ the resultant WORD_LIST. This is called only from within this file,
+ and is used to correctly preserve quoted characters when expanding
+ things like ${1+"$@"}. This does parameter expansion, command
+ substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ tlist = expand_string_internal (string, quoted);
+
+ if (tlist)
+ {
+ tresult = word_list_split (tlist);
+ dispose_words (tlist);
+ return (tresult);
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* This does not perform word splitting or dequote the WORD_LIST
+ it returns. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_string_for_rhs (string, quoted, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted, *dollar_at_p, *has_dollar_at;
+{
+ WORD_DESC td;
+ WORD_LIST *tresult;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ td.flags = 0;
+ td.word = string;
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (&td, quoted, 1, dollar_at_p, has_dollar_at);
+ return (tresult);
+}
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
+ a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
+ or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_string (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == '\0')
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ result = expand_string_leave_quoted (string, quoted);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/***************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to handle quoting chars *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************/
+
+/* Conventions:
+
+ A string with s[0] == CTLNUL && s[1] == 0 is a quoted null string.
+ The parser passes CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL. */
+
+/* Quote escape characters in string s, but no other characters. This is
+ used to protect CTLESC and CTLNUL in variable values from the rest of
+ the word expansion process after the variable is expanded. */
+char *
+quote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+ s = string;
+
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC || *s == CTLNUL)
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+list_quote_escapes (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Inverse of quote_escapes; remove CTLESC protecting CTLESC or CTLNUL.
+
+ The parser passes us CTLESC as CTLESC CTLESC and CTLNUL as CTLESC CTLNUL.
+ This is necessary to make unquoted CTLESC and CTLNUL characters in the
+ data stream pass through properly.
+
+ We need to remove doubled CTLESC characters inside quoted strings before
+ quoting the entire string, so we do not double the number of CTLESC
+ characters.
+
+ Also used by parts of the pattern substitution code. */
+static char *
+dequote_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (string == 0)
+ return string;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+ s = string;
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == 0)
+ return (strcpy (result, s));
+
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC && (s[1] == CTLESC || s[1] == CTLNUL))
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Return a new string with the quoted representation of character C. */
+static char *
+make_quoted_char (c)
+ int c;
+{
+ char *temp;
+
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLNUL;
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c;
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Quote STRING. Return a new string. */
+char *
+quote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+
+ if (*string == 0)
+ {
+ result = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ result[0] = CTLNUL;
+ result[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ result = (char *)xmalloc ((slen * 2) + 1);
+
+ for (t = result; string < send; )
+ {
+ *t++ = CTLESC;
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, string, send);
+ }
+ *t = '\0';
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* De-quoted quoted characters in STRING. */
+char *
+dequote_string (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register char *s, *t;
+ size_t slen;
+ char *result, *send;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+
+ t = result = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (string))
+ {
+ result[0] = '\0';
+ return (result);
+ }
+
+ /* If no character in the string can be quoted, don't bother examining
+ each character. Just return a copy of the string passed to us. */
+ if (strchr (string, CTLESC) == NULL)
+ return (strcpy (result, string));
+
+ send = string + slen;
+ s = string;
+ while (*s)
+ {
+ if (*s == CTLESC)
+ {
+ s++;
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ break;
+ }
+ COPY_CHAR_P (t, s, send);
+ }
+
+ *t = '\0';
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Quote the entire WORD_LIST list. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+quote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ for (w = list; w; w = w->next)
+ {
+ t = w->word->word;
+ w->word->word = quote_string (t);
+ free (t);
+ w->word->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+dequote_list (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register char *s;
+ register WORD_LIST *tlist;
+
+ for (tlist = list; tlist; tlist = tlist->next)
+ {
+ s = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = s;
+ }
+ return list;
+}
+
+/* Remove CTLESC protecting a CTLESC or CTLNUL in place. Return the passed
+ string. */
+static char *
+remove_quoted_escapes (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ char *t;
+
+ if (string)
+ {
+ t = dequote_escapes (string);
+ strcpy (string, t);
+ free (t);
+ }
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on STRING. We don't allow any
+ quoted null characters in the middle or at the ends of strings because
+ of how expand_word_internal works. remove_quoted_nulls () turns
+ STRING into an empty string iff it only consists of a quoted null,
+ and removes all unquoted CTLNUL characters. */
+static char *
+remove_quoted_nulls (string)
+ char *string;
+{
+ register size_t slen;
+ register int i, j, prev_i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ if (strchr (string, CTLNUL) == 0) /* XXX */
+ return string; /* XXX */
+
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ i = j = 0;
+
+ while (i < slen)
+ {
+ if (string[i] == CTLESC)
+ {
+ /* Old code had j++, but we cannot assume that i == j at this
+ point -- what if a CTLNUL has already been removed from the
+ string? We don't want to drop the CTLESC or recopy characters
+ that we've already copied down. */
+ i++; string[j++] = CTLESC;
+ if (i == slen)
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (string[i] == CTLNUL)
+ i++;
+
+ prev_i = i;
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
+ if (j < prev_i)
+ {
+ do string[j++] = string[prev_i++]; while (prev_i < i);
+ }
+ else
+ j = i;
+ }
+ string[j] = '\0';
+
+ return (string);
+}
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
+ This modifies LIST. */
+void
+word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *t;
+
+ for (t = list; t; t = t->next)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (t->word->word);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Matching and Removing Patterns */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+#if 0 /* Currently unused */
+static unsigned char *
+mb_getcharlens (string, len)
+ char *string;
+ int len;
+{
+ int i, offset, last;
+ unsigned char *ret;
+ char *p;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ i = offset = 0;
+ last = 0;
+ ret = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (len);
+ memset (ret, 0, len);
+ while (string[last])
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, len, offset);
+ ret[last] = offset - last;
+ last = offset;
+ }
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/* Remove the portion of PARAM matched by PATTERN according to OP, where OP
+ can have one of 4 values:
+ RP_LONG_LEFT remove longest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_LEFT remove shortest matching portion at start of PARAM
+ RP_LONG_RIGHT remove longest matching portion at end of PARAM
+ RP_SHORT_RIGHT remove shortest matching portion at end of PARAM
+*/
+
+#define RP_LONG_LEFT 1
+#define RP_SHORT_LEFT 2
+#define RP_LONG_RIGHT 3
+#define RP_SHORT_RIGHT 4
+
+static char *
+remove_upattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ register int len;
+ register char *end;
+ register char *p, *ret, c;
+
+ len = STRLEN (param);
+ end = param + len;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pattern, param, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ return (savestring (p));
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (p = param; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (p = end; p >= param; p--)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pattern, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ ret = savestring (param);
+ *p = c;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (savestring (param)); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_WCSDUP)
+static wchar_t *
+wcsdup (ws)
+ wchar_t *ws;
+{
+ wchar_t *ret;
+ size_t len;
+
+ len = wcslen (ws);
+ ret = xmalloc ((len + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
+ if (ret == 0)
+ return ret;
+ return (wcscpy (ret, ws));
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_WCSDUP */
+
+static wchar_t *
+remove_wpattern (wparam, wstrlen, wpattern, op)
+ wchar_t *wparam;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+ int n, n1;
+ wchar_t *ret;
+
+ switch (op)
+ {
+ case RP_LONG_LEFT: /* remove longest match at start */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_LEFT: /* remove shortest match at start */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (wcsdup (wparam + n));
+ }
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_LONG_RIGHT: /* remove longest match at end */
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case RP_SHORT_RIGHT: /* remove shortest match at end */
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpattern, wparam + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) != FNM_NOMATCH)
+ {
+ wc = wparam[n]; wparam[n] = L'\0';
+ ret = wcsdup (wparam);
+ wparam[n] = wc;
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return (wcsdup (wparam)); /* no match, return original string */
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static char *
+remove_pattern (param, pattern, op)
+ char *param, *pattern;
+ int op;
+{
+ if (param == NULL)
+ return (param);
+ if (*param == '\0' || pattern == NULL || *pattern == '\0') /* minor optimization */
+ return (savestring (param));
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t *ret, *oret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wparam, *wpattern;
+ mbstate_t ps;
+ char *xret;
+
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpattern, NULL, pattern);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ return (remove_upattern (param, pattern, op));
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wparam, NULL, param);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpattern);
+ return (remove_upattern (param, pattern, op));
+ }
+ oret = ret = remove_wpattern (wparam, n, wpattern, op);
+
+ free (wparam);
+ free (wpattern);
+
+ n = strlen (param);
+ xret = xmalloc (n + 1);
+ memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (mbstate_t));
+ n = wcsrtombs (xret, (const wchar_t **)&ret, n, &ps);
+ xret[n] = '\0'; /* just to make sure */
+ free (oret);
+ return xret;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ return (remove_upattern (param, pattern, op));
+}
+
+/* Return 1 of the first character of STRING could match the first
+ character of pattern PAT. Used to avoid n2 calls to strmatch(). */
+static int
+match_pattern_char (pat, string)
+ char *pat, *string;
+{
+ char c;
+
+ if (*string == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ switch (c = *pat++)
+ {
+ default:
+ return (*string == c);
+ case '\\':
+ return (*string == *pat);
+ case '?':
+ return (*pat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*string != '\0'));
+ case '*':
+ return (1);
+ case '+':
+ case '!':
+ case '@':
+ return (*pat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*string == c));
+ case '[':
+ return (*string != '\0');
+ }
+}
+
+/* Match PAT anywhere in STRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. SP
+ and EP are pointers into the string where the match begins and
+ ends, respectively. MTYPE controls what kind of match is attempted.
+ MATCH_BEG and MATCH_END anchor the match at the beginning and end
+ of the string, respectively. The longest match is returned. */
+static int
+match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ int c, len;
+ register char *p, *p1;
+ char *end;
+
+ len = STRLEN (string);
+ end = string + len;
+
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, p))
+ {
+ for (p1 = end; p1 >= p; p1--)
+ {
+ c = *p1; *p1 = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *p1 = c;
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = p1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p1 = c;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_char (pat, string) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ for (p = end; p >= string; p--)
+ {
+ c = *p; *p = '\0';
+ if (strmatch (pat, string, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *p = c;
+ *sp = string;
+ *ep = p;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ *p = c;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+ for (p = string; p <= end; p++)
+ {
+ if (strmatch (pat, p, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = p;
+ *ep = end;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Return 1 of the first character of WSTRING could match the first
+ character of pattern WPAT. Wide character version. */
+static int
+match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring)
+ wchar_t *wpat, *wstring;
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+
+ if (*wstring == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ switch (wc = *wpat++)
+ {
+ default:
+ return (*wstring == wc);
+ case L'\\':
+ return (*wstring == *wpat);
+ case L'?':
+ return (*wpat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*wstring != L'\0'));
+ case L'*':
+ return (1);
+ case L'+':
+ case L'!':
+ case L'@':
+ return (*wpat == LPAREN ? 1 : (*wstring == wc));
+ case L'[':
+ return (*wstring != L'\0');
+ }
+}
+
+/* Match WPAT anywhere in WSTRING and return the match boundaries.
+ This returns 1 in case of a successful match, 0 otherwise. Wide
+ character version. */
+static int
+match_wpattern (wstring, indices, wstrlen, wpat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ wchar_t *wstring;
+ char **indices;
+ size_t wstrlen;
+ wchar_t *wpat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+ wchar_t wc;
+ int len;
+#if 0
+ size_t n, n1; /* Apple's gcc seems to miscompile this badly */
+#else
+ int n, n1;
+#endif
+
+ switch (mtype)
+ {
+ case MATCH_ANY:
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring + n))
+ {
+ for (n1 = wstrlen; n1 >= n; n1--)
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n1]; wstring[n1] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[n1];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n1] = wc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_BEG:
+ if (match_pattern_wchar (wpat, wstring) == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ for (n = wstrlen; n >= 0; n--)
+ {
+ wc = wstring[n]; wstring[n] = L'\0';
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ *sp = indices[0];
+ *ep = indices[n];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ wstring[n] = wc;
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+
+ case MATCH_END:
+ for (n = 0; n <= wstrlen; n++)
+ {
+ if (wcsmatch (wpat, wstring + n, FNMATCH_EXTFLAG) == 0)
+ {
+ *sp = indices[n];
+ *ep = indices[wstrlen];
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+ }
+
+ return (0);
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+
+static int
+match_pattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep)
+ char *string, *pat;
+ int mtype;
+ char **sp, **ep;
+{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ int ret;
+ size_t n;
+ wchar_t *wstring, *wpat;
+ char **indices;
+#endif
+
+ if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || pat == 0 || *pat == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wpat, NULL, pat);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ n = xdupmbstowcs (&wstring, &indices, string);
+ if (n == (size_t)-1)
+ {
+ free (wpat);
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+ }
+ ret = match_wpattern (wstring, indices, n, wpat, mtype, sp, ep);
+
+ free (wpat);
+ free (wstring);
+ free (indices);
+
+ return (ret);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ return (match_upattern (string, pat, mtype, sp, ep));
+}
+
+static int
+getpatspec (c, value)
+ int c;
+ char *value;
+{
+ if (c == '#')
+ return ((*value == '#') ? RP_LONG_LEFT : RP_SHORT_LEFT);
+ else /* c == '%' */
+ return ((*value == '%') ? RP_LONG_RIGHT : RP_SHORT_RIGHT);
+}
+
+/* Posix.2 says that the WORD should be run through tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution and arithmetic expansion.
+ This leaves the result quoted, so quote_string_for_globbing () has
+ to be called to fix it up for strmatch (). If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ it means that the entire expression was enclosed in double quotes.
+ This means that quoting characters in the pattern do not make any
+ special pattern characters quoted. For example, the `*' in the
+ following retains its special meaning: "${foo#'*'}". */
+static char *
+getpattern (value, quoted, expandpat)
+ char *value;
+ int quoted, expandpat;
+{
+ char *pat, *tword;
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ int i;
+
+ tword = xstrchr (value, '~') ? bash_tilde_expand (value, 0) : savestring (value);
+
+ /* There is a problem here: how to handle single or double quotes in the
+ pattern string when the whole expression is between double quotes?
+ POSIX.2 says that enclosing double quotes do not cause the pattern to
+ be quoted, but does that leave us a problem with @ and array[@] and their
+ expansions inside a pattern? */
+#if 0
+ if (expandpat && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *tword)
+ {
+ i = 0;
+ pat = string_extract_double_quoted (tword, &i, 1);
+ free (tword);
+ tword = pat;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* expand_string_for_rhs () leaves WORD quoted and does not perform
+ word splitting. */
+ l = *tword ? expand_string_for_rhs (tword,
+ (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? Q_PATQUOTE : quoted,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ free (tword);
+ pat = string_list (l);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ if (pat)
+ {
+ tword = quote_string_for_globbing (pat, QGLOB_CVTNULL);
+ free (pat);
+ pat = tword;
+ }
+ return (pat);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* Handle removing a pattern from a string as a result of ${name%[%]value}
+ or ${name#[#]value}. */
+static char *
+variable_remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ char *value, *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *tword;
+
+ tword = remove_pattern (value, pattern, patspec);
+
+ return (tword);
+}
+#endif
+
+static char *
+list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, itype, quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new, *l;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *tword;
+
+ for (new = (WORD_LIST *)NULL, l = list; l; l = l->next)
+ {
+ tword = remove_pattern (l->word->word, pattern, patspec);
+ w = make_bare_word (tword);
+ FREE (tword);
+ new = make_word_list (w, new);
+ }
+
+ l = REVERSE_LIST (new, WORD_LIST *);
+ if (itype == '*')
+#if 0
+ tword = (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
+#else
+ tword = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
+#endif
+ else
+ tword = string_list ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) ? quote_list (l) : l);
+
+ dispose_words (l);
+ return (tword);
+}
+
+static char *
+parameter_list_remove_pattern (itype, pattern, patspec, quoted)
+ int itype;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec, quoted;
+{
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+static char *
+array_remove_pattern (a, pattern, patspec, varname, quoted)
+ ARRAY *a;
+ char *pattern;
+ int patspec;
+ char *varname; /* so we can figure out how it's indexed */
+ int quoted;
+{
+ int itype;
+ char *ret;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ /* compute itype from varname here */
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &ret, 0);
+ itype = ret[0];
+
+ list = array_to_word_list (a);
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ ret = list_remove_pattern (list, pattern, patspec, itype, quoted);
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ return ret;
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_remove_pattern (varname, value, patstr, rtype, quoted)
+ char *varname, *value, *patstr;
+ int rtype, quoted;
+{
+ int vtype, patspec, starsub;
+ char *temp1, *val, *pattern;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ patspec = getpatspec (rtype, patstr);
+ if (patspec == RP_LONG_LEFT || patspec == RP_LONG_RIGHT)
+ patstr++;
+
+ pattern = getpattern (patstr, quoted, 1);
+
+ temp1 = (char *)NULL; /* shut up gcc */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp1 = remove_pattern (val, pattern, patspec);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp1)
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp1 = array_remove_pattern (array_cell (v), pattern, patspec, varname, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp1 = parameter_list_remove_pattern (varname[0], pattern, patspec, quoted);
+ if (temp1 && ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) == 0))
+ {
+ val = quote_escapes (temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ temp1 = val;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ FREE (pattern);
+ return temp1;
+}
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand WORD_DESCs *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *tresult;
+
+ tresult = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ result = word_list_split (tresult);
+ dispose_words (tresult);
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_unsplit (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 1;
+ result = call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0;
+
+ return (result ? dequote_list (result) : result);
+}
+
+/* Perform shell expansions on WORD, but do not perform word splitting or
+ quote removal on the result. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_leave_quoted (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ return (call_expand_word_internal (word, quoted, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL));
+}
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+
+/*****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Hacking Process Substitution */
+/* */
+/*****************************************************************/
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+/* Named pipes must be removed explicitly with `unlink'. This keeps a list
+ of FIFOs the shell has open. unlink_fifo_list will walk the list and
+ unlink all of them. add_fifo_list adds the name of an open FIFO to the
+ list. NFIFO is a count of the number of FIFOs in the list. */
+#define FIFO_INCR 20
+
+struct temp_fifo {
+ char *file;
+ pid_t proc;
+};
+
+static struct temp_fifo *fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)NULL;
+static int nfifo;
+static int fifo_list_size;
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (pathname)
+ char *pathname;
+{
+ if (nfifo >= fifo_list_size - 1)
+ {
+ fifo_list_size += FIFO_INCR;
+ fifo_list = (struct temp_fifo *)xrealloc (fifo_list,
+ fifo_list_size * sizeof (struct temp_fifo));
+ }
+
+ fifo_list[nfifo].file = savestring (pathname);
+ nfifo++;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ int saved, i, j;
+
+ if (nfifo == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = saved = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ {
+ if ((fifo_list[i].proc == -1) || (kill(fifo_list[i].proc, 0) == -1))
+ {
+ unlink (fifo_list[i].file);
+ free (fifo_list[i].file);
+ fifo_list[i].file = (char *)NULL;
+ fifo_list[i].proc = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ saved++;
+ }
+
+ /* If we didn't remove some of the FIFOs, compact the list. */
+ if (saved)
+ {
+ for (i = j = 0; i < nfifo; i++)
+ if (fifo_list[i].file)
+ {
+ fifo_list[j].file = fifo_list[i].file;
+ fifo_list[j].proc = fifo_list[i].proc;
+ j++;
+ }
+ nfifo = j;
+ }
+ else
+ nfifo = 0;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_named_pipe ()
+{
+ char *tname;
+
+ tname = sh_mktmpname ("sh-np", MT_USERANDOM);
+ if (mkfifo (tname, 0600) < 0)
+ {
+ free (tname);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ add_fifo_list (tname);
+ return (tname);
+}
+
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* DEV_FD_LIST is a bitmap of file descriptors attached to pipes the shell
+ has open to children. NFDS is a count of the number of bits currently
+ set in DEV_FD_LIST. TOTFDS is a count of the highest possible number
+ of open files. */
+static char *dev_fd_list = (char *)NULL;
+static int nfds;
+static int totfds; /* The highest possible number of open files. */
+
+static void
+add_fifo_list (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ if (!dev_fd_list || fd >= totfds)
+ {
+ int ofds;
+
+ ofds = totfds;
+ totfds = getdtablesize ();
+ if (totfds < 0 || totfds > 256)
+ totfds = 256;
+ if (fd > totfds)
+ totfds = fd + 2;
+
+ dev_fd_list = (char *)xrealloc (dev_fd_list, totfds);
+ memset (dev_fd_list + ofds, '\0', totfds - ofds);
+ }
+
+ dev_fd_list[fd] = 1;
+ nfds++;
+}
+
+void
+unlink_fifo_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ if (nfds == 0)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; nfds && i < totfds; i++)
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ {
+ close (i);
+ dev_fd_list[i] = 0;
+ nfds--;
+ }
+
+ nfds = 0;
+}
+
+#if defined (NOTDEF)
+print_dev_fd_list ()
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ fprintf (stderr, "pid %ld: dev_fd_list:", (long)getpid ());
+ fflush (stderr);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < totfds; i++)
+ {
+ if (dev_fd_list[i])
+ fprintf (stderr, " %d", i);
+ }
+ fprintf (stderr, "\n");
+}
+#endif /* NOTDEF */
+
+static char *
+make_dev_fd_filename (fd)
+ int fd;
+{
+ char *ret, intbuf[INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 1], *p;
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) + 4);
+
+ strcpy (ret, DEV_FD_PREFIX);
+ p = inttostr (fd, intbuf, sizeof (intbuf));
+ strcpy (ret + sizeof (DEV_FD_PREFIX) - 1, p);
+
+ add_fifo_list (fd);
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+/* Return a filename that will open a connection to the process defined by
+ executing STRING. HAVE_DEV_FD, if defined, means open a pipe and return
+ a filename in /dev/fd corresponding to a descriptor that is one of the
+ ends of the pipe. If not defined, we use named pipes on systems that have
+ them. Systems without /dev/fd and named pipes are out of luck.
+
+ OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD, if 1, means open the named pipe for reading or
+ use the read end of the pipe and dup that file descriptor to fd 0 in
+ the child. If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD is 0, we open the named pipe for
+ writing or use the write end of the pipe in the child, and dup that
+ file descriptor to fd 1 in the child. The parent does the opposite. */
+
+static char *
+process_substitute (string, open_for_read_in_child)
+ char *string;
+ int open_for_read_in_child;
+{
+ char *pathname;
+ int fd, result;
+ pid_t old_pid, pid;
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ int parent_pipe_fd, child_pipe_fd;
+ int fildes[2];
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ pid_t old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif
+
+ if (!string || !*string || wordexp_only)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ pathname = make_named_pipe ();
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+ /* If OPEN_FOR_READ_IN_CHILD == 1, we want to use the write end of
+ the pipe in the parent, otherwise the read end. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = fildes[open_for_read_in_child];
+ child_pipe_fd = fildes[1 - open_for_read_in_child];
+ /* Move the parent end of the pipe to some high file descriptor, to
+ avoid clashes with FDs used by the script. */
+ parent_pipe_fd = move_to_high_fd (parent_pipe_fd, 1, 64);
+
+ pathname = make_dev_fd_filename (parent_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (!pathname)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for process substitution"));
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ save_pipeline (1);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 1);
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ reset_terminating_signals (); /* XXX */
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+ /* Cancel traps, in trap.c. */
+ restore_original_signals ();
+ setup_async_signals ();
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+ }
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for process substitution"));
+ free (pathname);
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid > 0)
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ restore_pipeline (1);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ fifo_list[nfifo-1].proc = pid;
+#endif
+
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ close (child_pipe_fd);
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ return (pathname);
+ }
+
+ set_sigint_handler ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_job_control (0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Open the named pipe in the child. */
+ fd = open (pathname, open_for_read_in_child ? O_RDONLY|O_NONBLOCK : O_WRONLY);
+ if (fd < 0)
+ {
+ /* Two separate strings for ease of translation. */
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for reading"), pathname);
+ else
+ sys_error (_("cannot open named pipe %s for writing"), pathname);
+
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ if (open_for_read_in_child)
+ {
+ if (sh_unset_nodelay_mode (fd) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannout reset nodelay mode for fd %d"), fd);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+ }
+#else /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+ fd = child_pipe_fd;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ if (dup2 (fd, open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot duplicate named pipe %s as fd %d"), pathname,
+ open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+ exit (127);
+ }
+
+ if (fd != (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1))
+ close (fd);
+
+ /* Need to close any files that this process has open to pipes inherited
+ from its parent. */
+ if (current_fds_to_close)
+ {
+ close_fd_bitmap (current_fds_to_close);
+ current_fds_to_close = (struct fd_bitmap *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the parent's end of the pipe and clear the slot
+ in the fd list so it is not closed later, if reallocated by, for
+ instance, pipe(2). */
+ close (parent_pipe_fd);
+ dev_fd_list[parent_pipe_fd] = 0;
+#endif /* HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ result = parse_and_execute (string, "process substitution", (SEVAL_NONINT|SEVAL_NOHIST));
+
+#if !defined (HAVE_DEV_FD)
+ /* Make sure we close the named pipe in the child before we exit. */
+ close (open_for_read_in_child ? 0 : 1);
+#endif /* !HAVE_DEV_FD */
+
+ exit (result);
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+/***********************************/
+/* */
+/* Command Substitution */
+/* */
+/***********************************/
+
+static char *
+read_comsub (fd, quoted)
+ int fd, quoted;
+{
+ char *istring, buf[128], *bufp;
+ int istring_index, istring_size, c;
+ ssize_t bufn;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+ istring_index = istring_size = bufn = 0;
+
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+ setmode (fd, O_TEXT); /* we don't want CR/LF, we want Unix-style */
+#endif
+
+ /* Read the output of the command through the pipe. */
+ while (1)
+ {
+ if (fd < 0)
+ break;
+ if (--bufn <= 0)
+ {
+ bufn = zread (fd, buf, sizeof (buf));
+ if (bufn <= 0)
+ break;
+ bufp = buf;
+ }
+ c = *bufp++;
+
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+#if 0
+ internal_warning ("read_comsub: ignored null byte in input");
+#endif
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Add the character to ISTRING, possibly after resizing it. */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size, DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || c == CTLESC || c == CTLNUL)
+ istring[istring_index++] = CTLESC;
+
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+
+#if 0
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+ if (c == '\n' && istring_index > 1 && istring[istring_index - 2] == '\r')
+ {
+ istring_index--;
+ istring[istring_index - 1] = '\n';
+ }
+#endif
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (istring)
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* If we read no output, just return now and save ourselves some
+ trouble. */
+ if (istring_index == 0)
+ {
+ FREE (istring);
+ return (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Strip trailing newlines from the output of the command. */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ while (istring_index > 0)
+ {
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ --istring_index;
+
+ /* If the newline was quoted, remove the quoting char. */
+ if (istring[istring_index - 1] == CTLESC)
+ --istring_index;
+ }
+ else
+ break;
+ }
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ strip_trailing (istring, istring_index - 1, 1);
+
+ return istring;
+}
+
+/* Perform command substitution on STRING. This returns a string,
+ possibly quoted. */
+char *
+command_substitute (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ pid_t pid, old_pid, old_pipeline_pgrp;
+ char *istring;
+ int result, fildes[2], function_value, pflags, rc;
+
+ istring = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Don't fork () if there is no need to. In the case of no command to
+ run, just return NULL. */
+ if (!string || !*string || (string[0] == '\n' && !string[1]))
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ if (wordexp_only && read_but_dont_execute)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = 125;
+ jump_to_top_level (EXITPROG);
+ }
+
+ /* We're making the assumption here that the command substitution will
+ eventually run a command from the file system. Since we'll run
+ maybe_make_export_env in this subshell before executing that command,
+ the parent shell and any other shells it starts will have to remake
+ the environment. If we make it before we fork, other shells won't
+ have to. Don't bother if we have any temporary variable assignments,
+ though, because the export environment will be remade after this
+ command completes anyway, but do it if all the words to be expanded
+ are variable assignments. */
+ if (subst_assign_varlist == 0 || garglist == 0)
+ maybe_make_export_env (); /* XXX */
+
+ /* Flags to pass to parse_and_execute() */
+ pflags = interactive ? SEVAL_RESETLINE : 0;
+
+ /* Pipe the output of executing STRING into the current shell. */
+ if (pipe (fildes) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make pipe for command substitution"));
+ goto error_exit;
+ }
+
+ old_pid = last_made_pid;
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ old_pipeline_pgrp = pipeline_pgrp;
+ /* Don't reset the pipeline pgrp if we're already a subshell in a pipeline. */
+ if ((subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_PIPE) == 0)
+ pipeline_pgrp = shell_pgrp;
+ cleanup_the_pipeline ();
+#endif
+
+ pid = make_child ((char *)NULL, 0);
+ if (pid == 0)
+ /* Reset the signal handlers in the child, but don't free the
+ trap strings. */
+ reset_signal_handlers ();
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ set_sigchld_handler ();
+ stop_making_children ();
+ pipeline_pgrp = old_pipeline_pgrp;
+#else
+ stop_making_children ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ if (pid < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("cannot make child for command substitution"));
+ error_exit:
+
+ FREE (istring);
+ close (fildes[0]);
+ close (fildes[1]);
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+ }
+
+ if (pid == 0)
+ {
+ set_sigint_handler (); /* XXX */
+
+ free_pushed_string_input ();
+
+ if (dup2 (fildes[1], 1) < 0)
+ {
+ sys_error (_("command_substitute: cannot duplicate pipe as fd 1"));
+ exit (EXECUTION_FAILURE);
+ }
+
+ /* If standard output is closed in the parent shell
+ (such as after `exec >&-'), file descriptor 1 will be
+ the lowest available file descriptor, and end up in
+ fildes[0]. This can happen for stdin and stderr as well,
+ but stdout is more important -- it will cause no output
+ to be generated from this command. */
+ if ((fildes[1] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[1] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ if ((fildes[0] != fileno (stdin)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stdout)) &&
+ (fildes[0] != fileno (stderr)))
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+ /* The currently executing shell is not interactive. */
+ interactive = 0;
+
+ /* This is a subshell environment. */
+ subshell_environment |= SUBSHELL_COMSUB;
+
+ /* When not in POSIX mode, command substitution does not inherit
+ the -e flag. */
+ if (posixly_correct == 0)
+ exit_immediately_on_error = 0;
+
+ remove_quoted_escapes (string);
+
+ startup_state = 2; /* see if we can avoid a fork */
+ /* Give command substitution a place to jump back to on failure,
+ so we don't go back up to main (). */
+ result = setjmp (top_level);
+
+ /* If we're running a command substitution inside a shell function,
+ trap `return' so we don't return from the function in the subshell
+ and go off to never-never land. */
+ if (result == 0 && return_catch_flag)
+ function_value = setjmp (return_catch);
+ else
+ function_value = 0;
+
+ if (result == ERREXIT)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result == EXITPROG)
+ rc = last_command_exit_value;
+ else if (result)
+ rc = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ else if (function_value)
+ rc = return_catch_value;
+ else
+ {
+ subshell_level++;
+ rc = parse_and_execute (string, "command substitution", pflags|SEVAL_NOHIST);
+ subshell_level--;
+ }
+
+ last_command_exit_value = rc;
+ rc = run_exit_trap ();
+ exit (rc);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL) && defined (PGRP_PIPE)
+ close_pgrp_pipe ();
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL && PGRP_PIPE */
+
+ close (fildes[1]);
+
+ istring = read_comsub (fildes[0], quoted);
+
+ close (fildes[0]);
+
+ current_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_command_exit_value = wait_for (pid);
+ last_command_subst_pid = pid;
+ last_made_pid = old_pid;
+
+#if defined (JOB_CONTROL)
+ /* If last_command_exit_value > 128, then the substituted command
+ was terminated by a signal. If that signal was SIGINT, then send
+ SIGINT to ourselves. This will break out of loops, for instance. */
+ if (last_command_exit_value == (128 + SIGINT) && last_command_exit_signal == SIGINT)
+ kill (getpid (), SIGINT);
+
+ /* wait_for gives the terminal back to shell_pgrp. If some other
+ process group should have it, give it away to that group here.
+ pipeline_pgrp is non-zero only while we are constructing a
+ pipline, so what we are concerned about is whether or not that
+ pipeline was started in the background. A pipeline started in
+ the background should never get the tty back here. */
+#if 0
+ if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && pipeline_pgrp != last_asynchronous_pid)
+#else
+ if (interactive && pipeline_pgrp != (pid_t)0 && (subshell_environment & SUBSHELL_ASYNC) == 0)
+#endif
+ give_terminal_to (pipeline_pgrp, 0);
+#endif /* JOB_CONTROL */
+
+ return (istring);
+ }
+}
+
+/********************************************************
+ * *
+ * Utility functions for parameter expansion *
+ * *
+ ********************************************************/
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+
+static arrayind_t
+array_length_reference (s)
+ char *s;
+{
+ int len;
+ arrayind_t ind;
+ char *t, c;
+ ARRAY *array;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+
+ var = array_variable_part (s, &t, &len);
+
+ /* If unbound variables should generate an error, report one and return
+ failure. */
+ if ((var == 0 || array_p (var) == 0) && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ c = *--t;
+ *t = '\0';
+ err_unboundvar (s);
+ *t = c;
+ return (-1);
+ }
+ else if (var == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* We support a couple of expansions for variables that are not arrays.
+ We'll return the length of the value for v[0], and 1 for v[@] or
+ v[*]. Return 0 for everything else. */
+
+ array = array_p (var) ? array_cell (var) : (ARRAY *)NULL;
+
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (t[0]) && t[1] == ']')
+ return (array_p (var) ? array_num_elements (array) : 1);
+
+ ind = array_expand_index (t, len);
+ if (ind < 0)
+ {
+ err_badarraysub (t);
+ return (-1);
+ }
+
+ if (array_p (var))
+ t = array_reference (array, ind);
+ else
+ t = (ind == 0) ? value_cell (var) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ len = STRLEN (t);
+ return (len);
+}
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+static int
+valid_brace_expansion_word (name, var_is_special)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special;
+{
+ if (DIGIT (*name) && all_digits (name))
+ return 1;
+ else if (var_is_special)
+ return 1;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ return 1;
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else if (legal_identifier (name))
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp1;
+
+ if (name == 0)
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* check for $@ and $* */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else if (name[0] == '*' && name[1] == '\0' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check for ${array[@]} and ${array[*]} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ temp1 = xstrchr (name, '[');
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '@' && temp1[2] == ']')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ } /* [ */
+ /* ${array[*]}, when unquoted, should be treated like ${array[@]},
+ which should result in separate words even when IFS is unset. */
+ if (temp1 && temp1[1] == '*' && temp1[2] == ']' && quoted == 0)
+ {
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Parameter expand NAME, and return a new string which is the expansion,
+ or NULL if there was no expansion.
+ VAR_IS_SPECIAL is non-zero if NAME is one of the special variables in
+ the shell, e.g., "@", "$", "*", etc. QUOTED, if non-zero, means that
+ NAME was found inside of a double-quoted expression. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted;
+{
+ char *temp, *tt;
+ intmax_t arg_index;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ int atype;
+
+ /* Handle multiple digit arguments, as in ${11}. */
+
+ if (legal_number (name, &arg_index))
+ {
+ tt = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ if (tt)
+ temp = (*tt && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (tt)
+ : quote_escapes (tt);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else if (var_is_special) /* ${@} */
+ {
+ int sindex;
+ tt = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (name));
+ tt[sindex = 0] = '$';
+ strcpy (tt + 1, name);
+
+ temp = param_expand (tt, &sindex, quoted, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL,
+ (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0);
+ free (tt);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ {
+ temp = array_value (name, quoted, &atype);
+ if (atype == 0 && temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+#endif
+ else if (var = find_variable (name))
+ {
+ if (var_isset (var) && invisible_p (var) == 0)
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ temp = array_p (var) ? array_reference (array_cell (var), 0) : value_cell (var);
+#else
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+#endif
+
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Expand an indirect reference to a variable: ${!NAME} expands to the
+ value of the variable whose name is the value of NAME. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_expand_indir (name, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *name;
+ int var_is_special, quoted;
+ int *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ char *temp, *t;
+
+ t = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted);
+ /* Have to dequote here if necessary */
+ if (t)
+ {
+ temp = (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ ? dequote_string (t)
+ : dequote_escapes (t);
+ free (t);
+ t = temp;
+ }
+ chk_atstar (t, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ if (t == 0)
+ return (t);
+ temp = parameter_brace_expand_word (t, SPECIAL_VAR(t, 0), quoted);
+ free (t);
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/* Expand the right side of a parameter expansion of the form ${NAMEcVALUE},
+ depending on the value of C, the separating character. C can be one of
+ "-", "+", or "=". QUOTED is true if the entire brace expression occurs
+ between double quotes. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted, qdollaratp, hasdollarat)
+ char *name, *value;
+ int c, quoted, *qdollaratp, *hasdollarat;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *t, *t1, *temp;
+ int hasdol;
+
+ /* XXX - Should we tilde expand in an assignment context if C is `='? */
+ if (*value == '~')
+ temp = bash_tilde_expand (value, 0);
+ else if (xstrchr (value, '~') && unquoted_substring ("=~", value))
+ temp = bash_tilde_expand (value, 1);
+ else
+ temp = savestring (value);
+
+ /* If the entire expression is between double quotes, we want to treat
+ the value as a double-quoted string, with the exception that we strip
+ embedded unescaped double quotes. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && *temp)
+ {
+ hasdol = 0;
+ t = string_extract_double_quoted (temp, &hasdol, 1);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = t;
+ }
+
+ hasdol = 0;
+ /* XXX was 0 not quoted */
+ l = *temp ? expand_string_for_rhs (temp, quoted, &hasdol, (int *)NULL)
+ : (WORD_LIST *)0;
+ if (hasdollarat)
+ *hasdollarat = hasdol || (l && l->next);
+ free (temp);
+ if (l)
+ {
+ /* The expansion of TEMP returned something. We need to treat things
+ slightly differently if HASDOL is non-zero. If we have "$@", the
+ individual words have already been quoted. We need to turn them
+ into a string with the words separated by the first character of
+ $IFS without any additional quoting, so string_list_dollar_at won't
+ do the right thing. We use string_list_dollar_star instead. */
+ temp = (hasdol || l->next) ? string_list_dollar_star (l) : string_list (l);
+
+ /* If l->next is not null, we know that TEMP contained "$@", since that
+ is the only expansion that creates more than one word. */
+ if (qdollaratp && ((hasdol && quoted) || l->next))
+ *qdollaratp = 1;
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && hasdol)
+ {
+ /* The brace expansion occurred between double quotes and there was
+ a $@ in TEMP. It does not matter if the $@ is quoted, as long as
+ it does not expand to anything. In this case, we want to return
+ a quoted empty string. */
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ temp[0] = CTLNUL;
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (c == '-' || c == '+')
+ return (temp);
+
+ /* c == '=' */
+ t = temp ? savestring (temp) : savestring ("");
+ t1 = dequote_string (t);
+ free (t);
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ assign_array_element (name, t1);
+ else
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ bind_variable (name, t1);
+ free (t1);
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Deal with the right hand side of a ${name:?value} expansion in the case
+ that NAME is null or not set. If VALUE is non-null it is expanded and
+ used as the error message to print, otherwise a standard message is
+ printed. */
+static void
+parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value)
+ char *name, *value;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *l;
+ char *temp;
+
+ if (value && *value)
+ {
+ if (*value == '~')
+ temp = bash_tilde_expand (value, 0);
+ else if (xstrchr (value, '~') && unquoted_substring ("=~", value))
+ temp = bash_tilde_expand (value, 1);
+ else
+ temp = savestring (value);
+
+ l = expand_string (temp, 0);
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = string_list (l);
+ report_error ("%s: %s", name, temp ? temp : ""); /* XXX was value not "" */
+ FREE (temp);
+ dispose_words (l);
+ }
+ else
+ report_error (_("%s: parameter null or not set"), name);
+
+ /* Free the data we have allocated during this expansion, since we
+ are about to longjmp out. */
+ free (name);
+ FREE (value);
+}
+
+/* Return 1 if NAME is something for which parameter_brace_expand_length is
+ OK to do. */
+static int
+valid_length_expression (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ return (name[1] == '\0' || /* ${#} */
+ ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0') || /* special param */
+ (DIGIT (name[1]) && all_digits (name + 1)) || /* ${#11} */
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ valid_array_reference (name + 1) || /* ${#a[7]} */
+#endif
+ legal_identifier (name + 1)); /* ${#PS1} */
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+size_t
+mbstrlen (s)
+ const char *s;
+{
+ size_t clen, nc;
+ mbstate_t mbs;
+
+ nc = 0;
+ memset (&mbs, 0, sizeof (mbs));
+ while ((clen = mbrlen(s, MB_CUR_MAX, &mbs)) != 0 && (MB_INVALIDCH(clen) == 0))
+ {
+ s += clen;
+ nc++;
+ }
+ return nc;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* Handle the parameter brace expansion that requires us to return the
+ length of a parameter. */
+static intmax_t
+parameter_brace_expand_length (name)
+ char *name;
+{
+ char *t, *newname;
+ intmax_t number, arg_index;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+#endif
+
+ if (name[1] == '\0') /* ${#} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((name[1] == '@' || name[1] == '*') && name[2] == '\0') /* ${#@}, ${#*} */
+ number = number_of_args ();
+ else if ((sh_syntaxtab[(unsigned char) name[1]] & CSPECVAR) && name[2] == '\0')
+ {
+ /* Take the lengths of some of the shell's special parameters. */
+ switch (name[1])
+ {
+ case '-':
+ t = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+ case '?':
+ t = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+ case '$':
+ t = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+ case '!':
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ t = (char *)NULL;
+ else
+ t = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+ case '#':
+ t = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+ }
+ number = STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if (valid_array_reference (name + 1))
+ number = array_length_reference (name + 1);
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+ else
+ {
+ number = 0;
+
+ if (legal_number (name + 1, &arg_index)) /* ${#1} */
+ {
+ t = get_dollar_var_value (arg_index);
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ else if ((var = find_variable (name + 1)) && (invisible_p (var) == 0) && array_p (var))
+ {
+ t = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ }
+#endif
+ else /* ${#PS1} */
+ {
+ newname = savestring (name);
+ newname[0] = '$';
+ list = expand_string (newname, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES);
+ t = list ? string_list (list) : (char *)NULL;
+ free (newname);
+ if (list)
+ dispose_words (list);
+
+ number = MB_STRLEN (t);
+ FREE (t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (number);
+}
+
+/* Skip characters in SUBSTR until DELIM. SUBSTR is an arithmetic expression,
+ so we do some ad-hoc parsing of an arithmetic expression to find
+ the first DELIM, instead of using strchr(3). Two rules:
+ 1. If the substring contains a `(', read until closing `)'.
+ 2. If the substring contains a `?', read past one `:' for each `?'.
+*/
+
+static char *
+skiparith (substr, delim)
+ char *substr;
+ int delim;
+{
+ size_t sublen;
+ int skipcol, pcount, i;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ sublen = strlen (substr);
+ i = skipcol = pcount = 0;
+ while (substr[i])
+ {
+ /* Balance parens */
+ if (substr[i] == LPAREN)
+ {
+ pcount++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == RPAREN && pcount)
+ {
+ pcount--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (pcount)
+ {
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip one `:' for each `?' */
+ if (substr[i] == ':' && skipcol)
+ {
+ skipcol--;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (substr[i] == delim)
+ break;
+ if (substr[i] == '?')
+ {
+ skipcol++;
+ i++;
+ continue;
+ }
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (substr, sublen, i);
+ }
+
+ return (substr + i);
+}
+
+/* Verify and limit the start and end of the desired substring. If
+ VTYPE == 0, a regular shell variable is being used; if it is 1,
+ then the positional parameters are being used; if it is 2, then
+ VALUE is really a pointer to an array variable that should be used.
+ Return value is 1 if both values were OK, 0 if there was a problem
+ with an invalid expression, or -1 if the values were out of range. */
+static int
+verify_substring_values (value, substr, vtype, e1p, e2p)
+ char *value, *substr;
+ int vtype;
+ intmax_t *e1p, *e2p;
+{
+ char *t, *temp1, *temp2;
+ arrayind_t len;
+ int expok;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ ARRAY *a;
+#endif
+
+ /* duplicate behavior of strchr(3) */
+ t = skiparith (substr, ':');
+ if (*t && *t == ':')
+ *t = '\0';
+ else
+ t = (char *)0;
+
+ temp1 = expand_string_if_necessary (substr, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+ *e1p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+
+ len = -1; /* paranoia */
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ len = MB_STRLEN (value);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ len = number_of_args () + 1;
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ a = (ARRAY *)value;
+ /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
+ offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. */
+ len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ if (len == -1) /* paranoia */
+ return -1;
+
+ if (*e1p < 0) /* negative offsets count from end */
+ *e1p += len;
+
+ if (*e1p > len || *e1p < 0)
+ return (-1);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* For arrays, the second offset deals with the number of elements. */
+ if (vtype == VT_ARRAYVAR)
+ len = array_num_elements (a);
+#endif
+
+ if (t)
+ {
+ t++;
+ temp2 = savestring (t);
+ temp1 = expand_string_if_necessary (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+ free (temp2);
+ t[-1] = ':';
+ *e2p = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ return (0);
+ if (*e2p < 0)
+ {
+ internal_error (_("%s: substring expression < 0"), t);
+ return (0);
+ }
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* In order to deal with sparse arrays, push the intelligence about how
+ to deal with the number of elements desired down to the array-
+ specific functions. */
+ if (vtype != VT_ARRAYVAR)
+#endif
+ {
+ *e2p += *e1p; /* want E2 chars starting at E1 */
+ if (*e2p > len)
+ *e2p = len;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ *e2p = len;
+
+ return (1);
+}
+
+/* Return the type of variable specified by VARNAME (simple variable,
+ positional param, or array variable). Also return the value specified
+ by VARNAME (value of a variable or a reference to an array element).
+ If this returns VT_VARIABLE, the caller assumes that CTLESC and CTLNUL
+ characters in the value are quoted with CTLESC and takes appropriate
+ steps. For convenience, *VALP is set to the dequoted VALUE. */
+static int
+get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, varp, valp)
+ char *varname, *value;
+ int quoted;
+ SHELL_VAR **varp;
+ char **valp;
+{
+ int vtype;
+ char *temp;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+#endif
+
+ /* This sets vtype to VT_VARIABLE or VT_POSPARMS */
+ vtype = (varname[0] == '@' || varname[0] == '*') && varname[1] == '\0';
+ if (vtype == VT_POSPARMS && varname[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *varp = (SHELL_VAR *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (varname))
+ {
+ v = array_variable_part (varname, &temp, (int *)0);
+ if (v && array_p (v))
+ { /* [ */
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (temp[0]) && temp[1] == ']')
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYVAR;
+ if (temp[0] == '*')
+ vtype |= VT_STARSUB;
+ *valp = (char *)array_cell (v);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *valp = array_value (varname, 1, (int *)NULL);
+ }
+ *varp = v;
+ }
+ else
+ return -1;
+ }
+ else if ((v = find_variable (varname)) && (invisible_p (v) == 0) && array_p (v))
+ {
+ vtype = VT_ARRAYMEMBER;
+ *varp = v;
+ *valp = array_reference (array_cell (v), 0);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+#if 1
+ {
+ if (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ {
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ *valp = dequote_string (value);
+ else
+ *valp = dequote_escapes (value);
+ }
+ else
+ *valp = value;
+ }
+#else
+ *valp = (value && vtype == VT_VARIABLE) ? dequote_escapes (value) : value;
+#endif
+
+ return vtype;
+}
+
+/******************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to extract substrings of variable values */
+/* */
+/******************************************************/
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Character-oriented rather than strictly byte-oriented substrings. S and
+ E, rather being strict indices into STRING, indicate character (possibly
+ multibyte character) positions that require calculation.
+ Used by the ${param:offset[:length]} expansion. */
+static char *
+mb_substring (string, s, e)
+ char *string;
+ int s, e;
+{
+ char *tt;
+ int start, stop, i, slen;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ start = 0;
+ slen = STRLEN (string);
+
+ i = s;
+ while (string[start] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, start);
+ stop = start;
+ i = e - s;
+ while (string[stop] && i--)
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, stop);
+ tt = substring (string, start, stop);
+ return tt;
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Process a variable substring expansion: ${name:e1[:e2]}. If VARNAME
+ is `@', use the positional parameters; otherwise, use the value of
+ VARNAME. If VARNAME is an array variable, use the array elements. */
+
+static char *
+parameter_brace_substring (varname, value, substr, quoted)
+ char *varname, *value, *substr;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ intmax_t e1, e2;
+ int vtype, r, starsub;
+ char *temp, *val, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ r = verify_substring_values (val, substr, vtype, &e1, &e2);
+ if (r <= 0)
+ return ((r == 0) ? &expand_param_error : (char *)NULL);
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ tt = mb_substring (val, e1, e2);
+ else
+#endif
+ tt = substring (val, e1, e2);
+
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+ temp = quote_string (tt);
+ else
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ tt = pos_params (varname, e1, e2, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = tt;
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ /* We want E2 to be the number of elements desired (arrays can be sparse,
+ so verify_substring_values just returns the numbers specified and we
+ rely on array_subrange to understand how to deal with them). */
+ tt = array_subrange (array_cell (v), e1, e2, starsub, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = tt ? quote_escapes (tt) : (char *)NULL;
+ FREE (tt);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = tt;
+ break;
+#endif
+ default:
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform pattern substitution on variable values */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+char *
+pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ char *ret, *s, *e, *str;
+ int rsize, rptr, l, replen, mtype;
+
+ mtype = mflags & MATCH_TYPEMASK;
+
+ /* Special cases:
+ * 1. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_BEG means to prefix STRING
+ * with REP and return the result.
+ * 2. A null pattern with mtype == MATCH_END means to append REP to
+ * STRING and return the result.
+ */
+ if ((pat == 0 || *pat == 0) && (mtype == MATCH_BEG || mtype == MATCH_END))
+ {
+ replen = STRLEN (rep);
+ l = strlen (string);
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (replen + l + 2);
+ if (replen == 0)
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ else if (mtype == MATCH_BEG)
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, rep);
+ strcpy (ret + replen, string);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ strcpy (ret, string);
+ strcpy (ret + l, rep);
+ }
+ return (ret);
+ }
+
+ ret = (char *)xmalloc (rsize = 64);
+ ret[0] = '\0';
+
+ for (replen = STRLEN (rep), rptr = 0, str = string;;)
+ {
+ if (match_pattern (str, pat, mtype, &s, &e) == 0)
+ break;
+ l = s - str;
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, (l + replen), rsize, 64);
+
+ /* OK, now copy the leading unmatched portion of the string (from
+ str to s) to ret starting at rptr (the current offset). Then copy
+ the replacement string at ret + rptr + (s - str). Increment
+ rptr (if necessary) and str and go on. */
+ if (l)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, str, l);
+ rptr += l;
+ }
+ if (replen)
+ {
+ strncpy (ret + rptr, rep, replen);
+ rptr += replen;
+ }
+ str = e; /* e == end of match */
+
+ if (((mflags & MATCH_GLOBREP) == 0) || mtype != MATCH_ANY)
+ break;
+
+ if (s == e)
+ e++, str++; /* avoid infinite recursion on zero-length match */
+ }
+
+ /* Now copy the unmatched portion of the input string */
+ if (*str)
+ {
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (ret, rptr, STRLEN(str) + 1, rsize, 64);
+ strcpy (ret + rptr, str);
+ }
+ else
+ ret[rptr] = '\0';
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Do pattern match and replacement on the positional parameters. */
+static char *
+pos_params_pat_subst (string, pat, rep, mflags)
+ char *string, *pat, *rep;
+ int mflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *save, *params;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ret, *tt;
+
+ save = params = list_rest_of_args ();
+ if (save == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ for ( ; params; params = params->next)
+ {
+ ret = pat_subst (params->word->word, pat, rep, mflags);
+ w = make_bare_word (ret);
+ dispose_word (params->word);
+ params->word = w;
+ FREE (ret);
+ }
+
+ if ((mflags & (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB)) == (MATCH_QUOTED|MATCH_STARSUB))
+ ret = string_list_dollar_star (quote_list (save));
+ else
+ ret = string_list ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) ? quote_list (save) : save);
+ dispose_words (save);
+
+ return (ret);
+}
+
+/* Perform pattern substitution on VALUE, which is the expansion of
+ VARNAME. PATSUB is an expression supplying the pattern to match
+ and the string to substitute. QUOTED is a flags word containing
+ the type of quoting currently in effect. */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_patsub (varname, value, patsub, quoted)
+ char *varname, *value, *patsub;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ int vtype, mflags, starsub;
+ char *val, *temp, *pat, *rep, *p, *lpatsub, *tt;
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+
+ if (value == 0)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ this_command_name = varname;
+
+ vtype = get_var_and_type (varname, value, quoted, &v, &val);
+ if (vtype == -1)
+ return ((char *)NULL);
+
+ starsub = vtype & VT_STARSUB;
+ vtype &= ~VT_STARSUB;
+
+ mflags = 0;
+ if (*patsub == '/')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_GLOBREP;
+ patsub++;
+ }
+
+ /* Malloc this because expand_string_if_necessary or one of the expansion
+ functions in its call chain may free it on a substitution error. */
+ lpatsub = savestring (patsub);
+
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ mflags |= MATCH_QUOTED;
+
+ if (starsub)
+ mflags |= MATCH_STARSUB;
+
+ if (rep = quoted_strchr (lpatsub, '/', ST_BACKSL))
+ *rep++ = '\0';
+ else
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+ if (rep && *rep == '\0')
+ rep = (char *)NULL;
+
+#if 0
+ /* Expand PAT and REP for command, variable and parameter, arithmetic,
+ and process substitution. Also perform quote removal. Do not
+ perform word splitting or filename generation. */
+ pat = expand_string_if_necessary (lpatsub, (quoted & ~Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES), expand_string_unsplit);
+#else
+ /* Perform the same expansions on the pattern as performed by the
+ pattern removal expansions. */
+ pat = getpattern (lpatsub, quoted, 1);
+#endif
+
+ if (rep)
+ {
+ if ((mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ rep = expand_string_if_necessary (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ else
+ rep = expand_string_to_string_internal (rep, quoted, expand_string_unsplit);
+ }
+
+ p = pat;
+ if (pat && pat[0] == '#')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_BEG;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else if (pat && pat[0] == '%')
+ {
+ mflags |= MATCH_END;
+ p++;
+ }
+ else
+ mflags |= MATCH_ANY;
+
+ /* OK, we now want to substitute REP for PAT in VAL. If
+ flags & MATCH_GLOBREP is non-zero, the substitution is done
+ everywhere, otherwise only the first occurrence of PAT is
+ replaced. The pattern matching code doesn't understand
+ CTLESC quoting CTLESC and CTLNUL so we use the dequoted variable
+ values passed in (VT_VARIABLE) so the pattern substitution
+ code works right. We need to requote special chars after
+ we're done for VT_VARIABLE and VT_ARRAYMEMBER, and for the
+ other cases if QUOTED == 0, since the posparams and arrays
+ indexed by * or @ do special things when QUOTED != 0. */
+
+ switch (vtype)
+ {
+ case VT_VARIABLE:
+ case VT_ARRAYMEMBER:
+ temp = pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (vtype == VT_VARIABLE)
+ FREE (val);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+ case VT_POSPARMS:
+ temp = pos_params_pat_subst (val, p, rep, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ case VT_ARRAYVAR:
+ temp = array_patsub (array_cell (v), p, rep, mflags);
+ if (temp && (mflags & MATCH_QUOTED) == 0)
+ {
+ tt = quote_escapes (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = tt;
+ }
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+
+ FREE (pat);
+ FREE (rep);
+ free (lpatsub);
+
+ return temp;
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Functions to perform parameter expansion on a string */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+/* ${[#][!]name[[:]#[#]%[%]-=?+[word][:e1[:e2]]]} */
+static char *
+parameter_brace_expand (string, indexp, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at)
+ char *string;
+ int *indexp, quoted, *quoted_dollar_atp, *contains_dollar_at;
+{
+ int check_nullness, var_is_set, var_is_null, var_is_special;
+ int want_substring, want_indir, want_patsub;
+ char *name, *value, *temp, *temp1;
+ int t_index, sindex, c;
+ intmax_t number;
+
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+ var_is_set = var_is_null = var_is_special = check_nullness = 0;
+ want_substring = want_indir = want_patsub = 0;
+
+ sindex = *indexp;
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ name = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", EX_VARNAME);
+
+ /* If the name really consists of a special variable, then make sure
+ that we have the entire name. We don't allow indirect references
+ to special variables except `#', `?', `@' and `*'. */
+ if ((sindex == t_index &&
+ (string[t_index] == '-' ||
+ string[t_index] == '?' ||
+ string[t_index] == '#')) ||
+ (sindex == t_index - 1 && string[sindex] == '!' &&
+ (string[t_index] == '#' ||
+ string[t_index] == '?' ||
+ string[t_index] == '@' ||
+ string[t_index] == '*')))
+ {
+ t_index++;
+ free (name);
+ temp1 = string_extract (string, &t_index, "#%:-=?+/}", 0);
+ name = (char *)xmalloc (3 + (strlen (temp1)));
+ *name = string[sindex];
+ if (string[sindex] == '!')
+ {
+ /* indirect reference of $#, $?, $@, or $* */
+ name[1] = string[sindex + 1];
+ strcpy (name + 2, temp1);
+ }
+ else
+ strcpy (name + 1, temp1);
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* Find out what character ended the variable name. Then
+ do the appropriate thing. */
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+ /* If c is followed by one of the valid parameter expansion
+ characters, move past it as normal. If not, assume that
+ a substring specification is being given, and do not move
+ past it. */
+ if (c == ':' && VALID_PARAM_EXPAND_CHAR (string[sindex]))
+ {
+ check_nullness++;
+ if (c = string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ else if (c == ':' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ want_substring = 1;
+ else if (c == '/' && string[sindex] != RBRACE)
+ want_patsub = 1;
+
+ /* Catch the valid and invalid brace expressions that made it through the
+ tests above. */
+ /* ${#-} is a valid expansion and means to take the length of $-.
+ Similarly for ${#?} and ${##}... */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ VALID_SPECIAL_LENGTH_PARAM (c) && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ name = (char *)xrealloc (name, 3);
+ name[1] = c;
+ name[2] = '\0';
+ c = string[sindex++];
+ }
+
+ /* ...but ${#%}, ${#:}, ${#=}, ${#+}, and ${#/} are errors. */
+ if (name[0] == '#' && name[1] == '\0' && check_nullness == 0 &&
+ member (c, "%:=+/") && string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ /* Indirect expansion begins with a `!'. A valid indirect expansion is
+ either a variable name, one of the positional parameters or a special
+ variable that expands to one of the positional parameters. */
+ want_indir = *name == '!' &&
+ (legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char)name[1]) || DIGIT (name[1])
+ || VALID_INDIR_PARAM (name[1]));
+
+ /* Determine the value of this variable. */
+
+ /* Check for special variables, directly referenced. */
+ if (SPECIAL_VAR (name, want_indir))
+ var_is_special++;
+
+ /* Check for special expansion things, like the length of a parameter */
+ if (*name == '#' && name[1])
+ {
+ /* If we are not pointing at the character just after the
+ closing brace, then we haven't gotten all of the name.
+ Since it begins with a special character, this is a bad
+ substitution. Also check NAME for validity before trying
+ to go on. */
+ if (string[sindex - 1] != RBRACE || (valid_length_expression (name) == 0))
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ number = parameter_brace_expand_length (name);
+ free (name);
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+ return ((number < 0) ? &expand_param_error : itos (number));
+ }
+
+ /* ${@} is identical to $@. */
+ if (name[0] == '@' && name[1] == '\0')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Process ${!PREFIX*} expansion. */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ (string[sindex - 2] == '*' || string[sindex - 2] == '@') &&
+ legal_variable_starter ((unsigned char) name[1]))
+ {
+ char **x;
+ WORD_LIST *xlist;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ number = strlen (temp1);
+ temp1[number - 1] = '\0';
+ x = all_variables_matching_prefix (temp1);
+ xlist = strvec_to_word_list (x, 0, 0);
+ if (string[sindex - 2] == '*')
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (xlist);
+ else
+ {
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (xlist, quoted);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+ free (x);
+ free (xlist);
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+ return (temp);
+ }
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ /* Process ${!ARRAY[@]} and ${!ARRAY[*]} expansion. */ /* [ */
+ if (want_indir && string[sindex - 1] == RBRACE &&
+ string[sindex - 2] == ']' && valid_array_reference (name+1))
+ {
+ char *x, *x1;
+
+ temp1 = savestring (name + 1);
+ x = array_variable_name (temp1, &x1, (int *)0); /* [ */
+ FREE (x);
+ if (ALL_ELEMENT_SUB (x1[0]) && x1[1] == ']')
+ {
+ temp = array_keys (temp1, quoted);
+ if (x1[0] == '@')
+ {
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ *indexp = sindex;
+ return (temp);
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ }
+#endif /* ARRAY_VARS */
+
+ /* Make sure that NAME is valid before trying to go on. */
+ if (valid_brace_expansion_word (want_indir ? name + 1 : name,
+ var_is_special) == 0)
+ {
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+
+ if (want_indir)
+ temp = parameter_brace_expand_indir (name + 1, var_is_special, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+ else
+ temp = parameter_brace_expand_word (name, var_is_special, quoted);
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (valid_array_reference (name))
+ chk_atstar (name, quoted, quoted_dollar_atp, contains_dollar_at);
+#endif
+
+ var_is_set = temp != (char *)0;
+ var_is_null = check_nullness && (var_is_set == 0 || *temp == 0);
+
+ /* Get the rest of the stuff inside the braces. */
+ if (c && c != RBRACE)
+ {
+ /* Extract the contents of the ${ ... } expansion
+ according to the Posix.2 rules. */
+ value = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &sindex, quoted, 0);
+ if (string[sindex] == RBRACE)
+ sindex++;
+ else
+ goto bad_substitution;
+ }
+ else
+ value = (char *)NULL;
+
+ *indexp = sindex;
+
+ /* If this is a substring spec, process it and add the result. */
+ if (want_substring)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_substring (name, temp, value, quoted);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ return (temp1);
+ }
+ else if (want_patsub)
+ {
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_patsub (name, temp, value, quoted);
+ FREE (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ return (temp1);
+ }
+
+ /* Do the right thing based on which character ended the variable name. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ default:
+ case '\0':
+ bad_substitution:
+ report_error (_("%s: bad substitution"), string ? string : "??");
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ return &expand_param_error;
+
+ case RBRACE:
+ if (var_is_set == 0 && unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ err_unboundvar (name);
+ FREE (value);
+ FREE (temp);
+ free (name);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case '#': /* ${param#[#]pattern} */
+ case '%': /* ${param%[%]pattern} */
+ if (value == 0 || *value == '\0' || temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ break;
+ }
+ temp1 = parameter_brace_remove_pattern (name, temp, value, c, quoted);
+ free (temp);
+ free (value);
+ temp = temp1;
+ break;
+
+ case '-':
+ case '=':
+ case '?':
+ case '+':
+ if (var_is_set && var_is_null == 0)
+ {
+ /* If the operator is `+', we don't want the value of the named
+ variable for anything, just the value of the right hand side. */
+
+ if (c == '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ FREE (temp);
+ if (value)
+ {
+ temp = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c,
+ quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ free (value);
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FREE (value);
+ }
+ /* Otherwise do nothing; just use the value in TEMP. */
+ }
+ else /* VAR not set or VAR is NULL. */
+ {
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (c == '=' && var_is_special)
+ {
+ report_error (_("$%s: cannot assign in this way"), name);
+ free (name);
+ free (value);
+ return &expand_param_error;
+ }
+ else if (c == '?')
+ {
+ parameter_brace_expand_error (name, value);
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ }
+ else if (c != '+')
+ {
+ /* XXX -- if we're double-quoted and the named variable is "$@",
+ we want to turn off any special handling of "$@" --
+ we're not using it, so whatever is on the rhs applies. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && quoted_dollar_atp)
+ *quoted_dollar_atp = 0;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ temp = parameter_brace_expand_rhs (name, value, c, quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_atp,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ }
+ free (value);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ free (name);
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Expand a single ${xxx} expansion. The braces are optional. When
+ the braces are used, parameter_brace_expand() does the work,
+ possibly calling param_expand recursively. */
+static char *
+param_expand (string, sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ contains_dollar_at, quoted_dollar_at_p, had_quoted_null_p,
+ pflags)
+ char *string;
+ int *sindex, quoted, *expanded_something, *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *quoted_dollar_at_p, *had_quoted_null_p, pflags;
+{
+ char *temp, *temp1, uerror[3];
+ int zindex, t_index, expok;
+ unsigned char c;
+ intmax_t number;
+ SHELL_VAR *var;
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+
+ zindex = *sindex;
+ c = string[++zindex];
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Do simple cases first. Switch on what follows '$'. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ /* $0 .. $9? */
+ case '0':
+ case '1':
+ case '2':
+ case '3':
+ case '4':
+ case '5':
+ case '6':
+ case '7':
+ case '8':
+ case '9':
+ temp1 = dollar_vars[TODIGIT (c)];
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error && temp1 == (char *)NULL)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ }
+#if 1
+ if (temp1)
+ temp = (*temp1 && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp1)
+ : quote_escapes (temp1);
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+#else
+ temp = temp1 ? quote_escapes (temp1) : (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ /* $$ -- pid of the invoking shell. */
+ case '$':
+ temp = itos (dollar_dollar_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* $# -- number of positional parameters. */
+ case '#':
+ temp = itos (number_of_args ());
+ break;
+
+ /* $? -- return value of the last synchronous command. */
+ case '?':
+ temp = itos (last_command_exit_value);
+ break;
+
+ /* $- -- flags supplied to the shell on invocation or by `set'. */
+ case '-':
+ temp = which_set_flags ();
+ break;
+
+ /* $! -- Pid of the last asynchronous command. */
+ case '!':
+ /* If no asynchronous pids have been created, expand to nothing.
+ If `set -u' has been executed, and no async processes have
+ been created, this is an expansion error. */
+ if (last_asynchronous_pid == NO_PID)
+ {
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ {
+ uerror[0] = '$';
+ uerror[1] = c;
+ uerror[2] = '\0';
+ err_unboundvar (uerror);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (interactive_shell ? &expand_param_error : &expand_param_fatal);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = itos (last_asynchronous_pid);
+ break;
+
+ /* The only difference between this and $@ is when the arg is quoted. */
+ case '*': /* `$*' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+ /* If there are no command-line arguments, this should just
+ disappear if there are other characters in the expansion,
+ even if it's quoted. */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && list == 0)
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ else if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ {
+ /* If we have "$*" we want to make a string of the positional
+ parameters, separated by the first character of $IFS, and
+ quote the whole string, including the separators. If IFS
+ is unset, the parameters are separated by ' '; if $IFS is
+ null, the parameters are concatenated. */
+#if 0
+ temp = string_list_dollar_star (list);
+#else
+ temp = (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES) ? string_list_dollar_star (list) : string_list (list);
+#endif
+ temp1 = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the $* is not quoted it is identical to $@ */
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+ if (expand_no_split_dollar_star == 0 && contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ /* When we have "$@" what we want is "$1" "$2" "$3" ... This
+ means that we have to turn quoting off after we split into
+ the individually quoted arguments so that the final split
+ on the first character of $IFS is still done. */
+ case '@': /* `$@' */
+ list = list_rest_of_args ();
+
+ /* We want to flag the fact that we saw this. We can't turn
+ off quoting entirely, because other characters in the
+ string might need it (consider "\"$@\""), but we need some
+ way to signal that the final split on the first character
+ of $IFS should be done, even though QUOTED is 1. */
+ if (quoted_dollar_at_p && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ *quoted_dollar_at_p = 1;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+
+ /* We want to separate the positional parameters with the first
+ character of $IFS in case $IFS is something other than a space.
+ We also want to make sure that splitting is done no matter what --
+ according to POSIX.2, this expands to a list of the positional
+ parameters no matter what IFS is set to. */
+ temp = string_list_dollar_at (list, quoted);
+
+ dispose_words (list);
+ break;
+
+ case LBRACE:
+ temp = parameter_brace_expand (string, &zindex, quoted,
+ quoted_dollar_at_p,
+ contains_dollar_at);
+ if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
+ return (temp);
+
+ /* XXX */
+ /* Quoted nulls should be removed if there is anything else
+ in the string. */
+ /* Note that we saw the quoted null so we can add one back at
+ the end of this function if there are no other characters
+ in the string, discard TEMP, and go on. The exception to
+ this is when we have "${@}" and $1 is '', since $@ needs
+ special handling. */
+ if (temp && QUOTED_NULL (temp))
+ {
+ if (had_quoted_null_p)
+ *had_quoted_null_p = 1;
+ if (*quoted_dollar_at_p == 0)
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ goto return0;
+
+ /* Do command or arithmetic substitution. */
+ case LPAREN:
+ /* We have to extract the contents of this paren substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_command_subst (string, &t_index);
+ zindex = t_index;
+
+ /* For Posix.2-style `$(( ))' arithmetic substitution,
+ extract the expression and pass it to the evaluator. */
+ if (temp && *temp == LPAREN)
+ {
+ char *temp2;
+ temp1 = temp + 1;
+ temp2 = savestring (temp1);
+ t_index = strlen (temp2) - 1;
+
+ if (temp2[t_index] != RPAREN)
+ {
+ free (temp2);
+ goto comsub;
+ }
+
+ /* Cut off ending `)' */
+ temp2[t_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* Expand variables found inside the expression. */
+ temp1 = expand_string_if_necessary (temp2, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+ free (temp2);
+
+arithsub:
+ /* No error messages. */
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ number = evalexp (temp1, &expok);
+ free (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ if (expok == 0)
+ {
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return (&expand_param_fatal);
+ }
+ else
+ return (&expand_param_error);
+ }
+ temp = itos (number);
+ break;
+ }
+
+comsub:
+ if (pflags & PF_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* we need zindex+1 because string[zindex] == RPAREN */
+ temp1 = substring (string, *sindex, zindex+1);
+ else
+ temp1 = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ break;
+
+ /* Do POSIX.2d9-style arithmetic substitution. This will probably go
+ away in a future bash release. */
+ case '[':
+ /* Extract the contents of this arithmetic substitution. */
+ t_index = zindex + 1;
+ temp = extract_arithmetic_subst (string, &t_index);
+ zindex = t_index;
+
+ /* Do initial variable expansion. */
+ temp1 = expand_string_if_necessary (temp, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, expand_string);
+
+ goto arithsub;
+
+ default:
+ /* Find the variable in VARIABLE_LIST. */
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ for (t_index = zindex; (c = string[zindex]) && legal_variable_char (c); zindex++)
+ ;
+ temp1 = (zindex > t_index) ? substring (string, t_index, zindex) : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If this isn't a variable name, then just output the `$'. */
+ if (temp1 == 0 || *temp1 == '\0')
+ {
+ FREE (temp1);
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (2);
+ temp[0] = '$';
+ temp[1] = '\0';
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 0;
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ /* If the variable exists, return its value cell. */
+ var = find_variable (temp1);
+
+ if (var && invisible_p (var) == 0 && var_isset (var))
+ {
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+ if (array_p (var))
+ {
+ temp = array_reference (array_cell (var), 0);
+ if (temp)
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ else if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ goto unbound_variable;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = value_cell (var);
+
+ temp = (*temp && (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)))
+ ? quote_string (temp)
+ : quote_escapes (temp);
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+unbound_variable:
+ if (unbound_vars_is_error)
+ err_unboundvar (temp1);
+ else
+ {
+ free (temp1);
+ goto return0;
+ }
+
+ free (temp1);
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ return ((unbound_vars_is_error && interactive_shell == 0)
+ ? &expand_param_fatal
+ : &expand_param_error);
+ }
+
+ if (string[zindex])
+ zindex++;
+
+return0:
+ *sindex = zindex;
+ return (temp);
+}
+
+/* Make a word list which is the result of parameter and variable
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic substitution, and
+ quote removal of WORD. Return a pointer to a WORD_LIST which is
+ the result of the expansion. If WORD contains a null word, the
+ word list returned is also null.
+
+ QUOTED contains flag values defined in shell.h.
+
+ ISEXP is used to tell expand_word_internal that the word should be
+ treated as the result of an expansion. This has implications for
+ how IFS characters in the word are treated.
+
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT and EXPANDED_SOMETHING are return values; when non-null
+ they point to an integer value which receives information about expansion.
+ CONTAINS_DOLLAR_AT gets non-zero if WORD contained "$@", else zero.
+ EXPANDED_SOMETHING get non-zero if WORD contained any parameter expansions,
+ else zero.
+
+ This only does word splitting in the case of $@ expansion. In that
+ case, we split on ' '. */
+
+/* Values for the local variable quoted_state. */
+#define UNQUOTED 0
+#define PARTIALLY_QUOTED 1
+#define WHOLLY_QUOTED 2
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_internal (word, quoted, isexp, contains_dollar_at, expanded_something)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted, isexp;
+ int *contains_dollar_at;
+ int *expanded_something;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ /* The intermediate string that we build while expanding. */
+ char *istring;
+
+ /* The current size of the above object. */
+ int istring_size;
+
+ /* Index into ISTRING. */
+ int istring_index;
+
+ /* Temporary string storage. */
+ char *temp, *temp1;
+
+ /* The text of WORD. */
+ register char *string;
+
+ /* The size of STRING. */
+ size_t string_size;
+
+ /* The index into STRING. */
+ int sindex;
+
+ /* This gets 1 if we see a $@ while quoted. */
+ int quoted_dollar_at;
+
+ /* One of UNQUOTED, PARTIALLY_QUOTED, or WHOLLY_QUOTED, depending on
+ whether WORD contains no quoting characters, a partially quoted
+ string (e.g., "xx"ab), or is fully quoted (e.g., "xxab"). */
+ int quoted_state;
+
+ int had_quoted_null;
+ int has_dollar_at;
+ int tflag;
+
+ register unsigned char c; /* Current character. */
+ int t_index; /* For calls to string_extract_xxx. */
+
+ char twochars[2];
+
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ istring = (char *)xmalloc (istring_size = DEFAULT_INITIAL_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index = 0] = '\0';
+ quoted_dollar_at = had_quoted_null = has_dollar_at = 0;
+ quoted_state = UNQUOTED;
+
+ string = word->word;
+ if (string == 0)
+ goto finished_with_string;
+ string_size = strlen (string);
+
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 0;
+
+ /* Begin the expansion. */
+
+ for (sindex = 0; ;)
+ {
+ c = string[sindex];
+
+ /* Case on toplevel character. */
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\0':
+ goto finished_with_string;
+
+ case CTLESC:
+ sindex++;
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && string[sindex])
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ temp = (char *)xmalloc (3);
+ temp[0] = CTLESC;
+ temp[1] = c = string[sindex];
+ temp[2] = '\0';
+ }
+
+dollar_add_string:
+ if (string[sindex])
+ sindex++;
+
+add_string:
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ istring = sub_append_string (temp, istring, &istring_index, &istring_size);
+ temp = (char *)0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+ /* Process substitution. */
+ case '<':
+ case '>':
+ {
+ if (string[++sindex] != LPAREN || (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || posixly_correct)
+ {
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ t_index = sindex + 1; /* skip past both '<' and LPAREN */
+
+ temp1 = extract_process_subst (string, (c == '<') ? "<(" : ">(", &t_index); /*))*/
+ sindex = t_index;
+
+ /* If the process substitution specification is `<()', we want to
+ open the pipe for writing in the child and produce output; if
+ it is `>()', we want to open the pipe for reading in the child
+ and consume input. */
+ temp = temp1 ? process_substitute (temp1, (c == '>')) : (char *)0;
+
+ FREE (temp1);
+
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+ case '$':
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ has_dollar_at = 0;
+ temp = param_expand (string, &sindex, quoted, expanded_something,
+ &has_dollar_at, "ed_dollar_at,
+ &had_quoted_null,
+ (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB) ? PF_NOCOMSUB : 0);
+
+ if (temp == &expand_param_error || temp == &expand_param_fatal)
+ {
+ free (string);
+ free (istring);
+ return ((temp == &expand_param_error) ? &expand_word_error
+ : &expand_word_fatal);
+ }
+ if (contains_dollar_at && has_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ goto add_string;
+ break;
+
+ case '`': /* Backquoted command substitution. */
+ {
+ t_index = sindex++;
+
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+
+ temp = string_extract (string, &sindex, "`", 0);
+ if (word->flags & W_NOCOMSUB)
+ /* sindex + 1 because string[sindex] == '`' */
+ temp1 = substring (string, t_index, sindex + 1);
+ else
+ {
+ de_backslash (temp);
+ temp1 = command_substitute (temp, quoted);
+ }
+ FREE (temp);
+ temp = temp1;
+ goto dollar_add_string;
+ }
+
+ case '\\':
+ if (string[sindex + 1] == '\n')
+ {
+ sindex += 2;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ c = string[++sindex];
+
+ if (quoted & Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)
+ tflag = CBSHDOC;
+ else if (quoted & Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ tflag = CBSDQUOTE;
+ else
+ tflag = 0;
+
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) && ((sh_syntaxtab[c] & tflag) == 0))
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, '\\', c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ SCOPY_CHAR_I (twochars, CTLESC, c, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+
+ sindex++;
+add_twochars:
+ /* BEFORE jumping here, we need to increment sindex if appropriate */
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 2, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[0];
+ istring[istring_index++] = twochars[1];
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+#if 0
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_PATQUOTE))
+#else
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+#endif
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_double_quoted (string, &sindex, 0);
+
+ /* If the quotes surrounded the entire string, then the
+ whole word was quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ if (temp && *temp)
+ {
+ tword = make_word (temp); /* XXX */
+ free (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ has_dollar_at = 0;
+ list = expand_word_internal (tword, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES, 0, &has_dollar_at, (int *)NULL);
+
+ if (list == &expand_word_error || list == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ free (istring);
+ free (string);
+ /* expand_word_internal has already freed temp_word->word
+ for us because of the way it prints error messages. */
+ tword->word = (char *)NULL;
+ dispose_word (tword);
+ return list;
+ }
+
+ dispose_word (tword);
+
+ /* "$@" (a double-quoted dollar-at) expands into nothing,
+ not even a NULL word, when there are no positional
+ parameters. */
+ if (list == 0 && has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If we get "$@", we know we have expanded something, so we
+ need to remember it for the final split on $IFS. This is
+ a special case; it's the only case where a quoted string
+ can expand into more than one word. It's going to come back
+ from the above call to expand_word_internal as a list with
+ a single word, in which all characters are quoted and
+ separated by blanks. What we want to do is to turn it back
+ into a list for the next piece of code. */
+ if (list)
+ dequote_list (list);
+
+ if (has_dollar_at)
+ {
+ quoted_dollar_at++;
+ if (contains_dollar_at)
+ *contains_dollar_at = 1;
+ if (expanded_something)
+ *expanded_something = 1;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What we have is "". This is a minor optimization. */
+ FREE (temp);
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* The code above *might* return a list (consider the case of "$@",
+ where it returns "$1", "$2", etc.). We can't throw away the
+ rest of the list, and we have to make sure each word gets added
+ as quoted. We test on tresult->next: if it is non-NULL, we
+ quote the whole list, save it to a string with string_list, and
+ add that string. We don't need to quote the results of this
+ (and it would be wrong, since that would quote the separators
+ as well), so we go directly to add_string. */
+ if (list)
+ {
+ if (list->next)
+ {
+ /* Testing quoted_dollar_at makes sure that "$@" is
+ split correctly when $IFS does not contain a space. */
+ temp = quoted_dollar_at
+ ? string_list_dollar_at (list, Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)
+ : string_list (quote_list (list));
+ dispose_words (list);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ temp = savestring (list->word->word);
+ dispose_words (list);
+#if 1
+ /* If the string is not a quoted null string, we want
+ to remove any embedded unquoted CTLNUL characters.
+ We do not want to turn quoted null strings back into
+ the empty string, though. We do this because we
+ want to remove any quoted nulls from expansions that
+ contain other characters. For example, if we have
+ x"$*"y or "x$*y" and there are no positional parameters,
+ the $* should expand into nothing. */
+ /* HOWEVER, this fails if the string contains a literal
+ CTLNUL or CTLNUL is contained in the (non-null) expansion
+ of some variable. I'm not sure what to do about this
+ yet. There has to be some way to indicate the difference
+ between the two. An auxiliary data structure might be
+ necessary. */
+ if (QUOTED_NULL (temp) == 0)
+ remove_quoted_nulls (temp); /* XXX */
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; we can throw them away. */
+ if (temp == 0 && quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED)
+ continue;
+
+ add_quoted_string:
+
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ temp1 = temp;
+ temp = quote_string (temp);
+ free (temp1);
+ goto add_string;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Add NULL arg. */
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ case '\'':
+#if 0
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_PATQUOTE))
+#else
+ if (quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT))
+#endif
+ goto add_character;
+
+ t_index = ++sindex;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &sindex);
+
+ /* If the entire STRING was surrounded by single quotes,
+ then the string is wholly quoted. */
+ quoted_state = (t_index == 1 && string[sindex] == '\0')
+ ? WHOLLY_QUOTED
+ : PARTIALLY_QUOTED;
+
+ /* If all we had was '', it is a null expansion. */
+ if (*temp == '\0')
+ {
+ free (temp);
+ temp = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ remove_quoted_escapes (temp); /* ??? */
+
+ /* We do not want to add quoted nulls to strings that are only
+ partially quoted; such nulls are discarded. */
+ if (temp == 0 && (quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If we have a quoted null expansion, add a quoted NULL to istring. */
+ if (temp == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ sindex--; /* add_character: label increments sindex */
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ goto add_quoted_string;
+
+ /* break; */
+
+ default:
+ /* This is the fix for " $@ " */
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (isexp == 0 && isifs (c)))
+ {
+ if (string[sindex]) /* from old goto dollar_add_string */
+ sindex++;
+ if (c == 0)
+ {
+ c = CTLNUL;
+ goto add_character;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+#if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ sindex--;
+
+ if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+ {
+ SADD_MBQCHAR_BODY(temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ twochars[0] = CTLESC;
+ twochars[1] = c;
+ goto add_twochars;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ SADD_MBCHAR (temp, string, sindex, string_size);
+
+ add_character:
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (istring, istring_index, 1, istring_size,
+ DEFAULT_ARRAY_SIZE);
+ istring[istring_index++] = c;
+ istring[istring_index] = '\0';
+
+ /* Next character. */
+ sindex++;
+ }
+ }
+
+finished_with_string:
+ /* OK, we're ready to return. If we have a quoted string, and
+ quoted_dollar_at is not set, we do no splitting at all; otherwise
+ we split on ' '. The routines that call this will handle what to
+ do if nothing has been expanded. */
+
+ /* Partially and wholly quoted strings which expand to the empty
+ string are retained as an empty arguments. Unquoted strings
+ which expand to the empty string are discarded. The single
+ exception is the case of expanding "$@" when there are no
+ positional parameters. In that case, we discard the expansion. */
+
+ /* Because of how the code that handles "" and '' in partially
+ quoted strings works, we need to make ISTRING into a QUOTED_NULL
+ if we saw quoting characters, but the expansion was empty.
+ "" and '' are tossed away before we get to this point when
+ processing partially quoted strings. This makes "" and $xxx""
+ equivalent when xxx is unset. We also look to see whether we
+ saw a quoted null from a ${} expansion and add one back if we
+ need to. */
+
+ /* If we expand to nothing and there were no single or double quotes
+ in the word, we throw it away. Otherwise, we return a NULL word.
+ The single exception is for $@ surrounded by double quotes when
+ there are no positional parameters. In that case, we also throw
+ the word away. */
+
+ if (*istring == '\0')
+ {
+ if (quoted_dollar_at == 0 && (had_quoted_null || quoted_state == PARTIALLY_QUOTED))
+ {
+ istring[0] = CTLNUL;
+ istring[1] = '\0';
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+ /* According to sh, ksh, and Posix.2, if a word expands into nothing
+ and a double-quoted "$@" appears anywhere in it, then the entire
+ word is removed. */
+ else if (quoted_state == UNQUOTED || quoted_dollar_at)
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#if 0
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+#else
+ else
+ list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+#endif
+ }
+ else if (word->flags & W_NOSPLIT)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT; /* XXX */
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB; /* XXX */
+ if (quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ char *ifs_chars;
+
+ ifs_chars = (quoted_dollar_at || has_dollar_at) ? ifs_value : (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* If we have $@, we need to split the results no matter what. If
+ IFS is unset or NULL, string_list_dollar_at has separated the
+ positional parameters with a space, so we split on space (we have
+ set ifs_chars to " \t\n" above if ifs is unset). If IFS is set,
+ string_list_dollar_at has separated the positional parameters
+ with the first character of $IFS, so we split on $IFS. */
+ if (has_dollar_at && ifs_chars)
+ list = list_string (istring, *ifs_chars ? ifs_chars : " ", 1);
+ else
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (istring);
+ list = make_word_list (tword, (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ if ((quoted & (Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES|Q_HERE_DOCUMENT)) || (quoted_state == WHOLLY_QUOTED))
+ tword->flags |= W_QUOTED;
+ if (word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ tword->flags |= W_ASSIGNMENT;
+ if (word->flags & W_NOGLOB)
+ tword->flags |= W_NOGLOB;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (istring);
+ return (list);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/* */
+/* Functions for Quote Removal */
+/* */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes or a here document. */
+char *
+string_quote_removal (string, quoted)
+ char *string;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ size_t slen;
+ char *r, *result_string, *temp, *send;
+ int sindex, tindex, dquote;
+ unsigned char c;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ /* The result can be no longer than the original string. */
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ send = string + slen;
+
+ r = result_string = (char *)xmalloc (slen + 1);
+
+ for (dquote = sindex = 0; c = string[sindex];)
+ {
+ switch (c)
+ {
+ case '\\':
+ c = string[++sindex];
+ if (((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote) && (sh_syntaxtab[c] & CBSDQUOTE) == 0)
+ *r++ = '\\';
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ default:
+ SCOPY_CHAR_M (r, string, send, sindex);
+ break;
+
+ case '\'':
+ if ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || dquote)
+ {
+ *r++ = c;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ tindex = sindex + 1;
+ temp = string_extract_single_quoted (string, &tindex);
+ if (temp)
+ {
+ strcpy (r, temp);
+ r += strlen (r);
+ free (temp);
+ }
+ sindex = tindex;
+ break;
+
+ case '"':
+ dquote = 1 - dquote;
+ sindex++;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ *r = '\0';
+ return (result_string);
+}
+
+#if 0
+/* UNUSED */
+/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
+ WORD_DESC *. */
+WORD_DESC *
+word_quote_removal (word, quoted)
+ WORD_DESC *word;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *t;
+
+ t = string_quote_removal (word->word, quoted);
+ w = make_bare_word (t);
+ free (t);
+ return (w);
+}
+
+/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
+ double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_list_quote_removal (list, quoted)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int quoted;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = make_word_list (word_quote_removal (t->word, quoted), (WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to perform word splitting *
+ * *
+ *******************************************/
+
+void
+setifs (v)
+ SHELL_VAR *v;
+{
+ char *t;
+ unsigned char uc;
+
+ ifs_var = v;
+ ifs_value = v ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
+
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. */
+ memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
+ for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
+ {
+ uc = *t;
+ ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
+ }
+
+ ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+}
+
+char *
+getifs ()
+{
+ return ifs_value;
+}
+
+/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
+ is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
+ don't do any splitting. */
+WORD_LIST *
+word_split (w, ifs_chars)
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ char *ifs_chars;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result;
+
+ if (w)
+ {
+ char *xifs;
+
+ xifs = ((w->flags & W_QUOTED) || ifs_chars == 0) ? "" : ifs_chars;
+ result = list_string (w->word, xifs, w->flags & W_QUOTED);
+ }
+ else
+ result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/* Perform word splitting on LIST and return the RESULT. It is possible
+ to return (WORD_LIST *)NULL. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+word_list_split (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
+
+ for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
+ {
+ tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
+#if 0
+ result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+#else
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+ return (result);
+}
+
+/**************************************************
+ * *
+ * Functions to expand an entire WORD_LIST *
+ * *
+ **************************************************/
+
+/* Do any word-expansion-specific cleanup and jump to top_level */
+static void
+exp_jump_to_top_level (v)
+ int v;
+{
+ /* Cleanup code goes here. */
+ expand_no_split_dollar_star = 0; /* XXX */
+ expanding_redir = 0;
+
+ jump_to_top_level (v);
+}
+
+/* Put NLIST (which is a WORD_LIST * of only one element) at the front of
+ ELIST, and set ELIST to the new list. */
+#define PREPEND_LIST(nlist, elist) \
+ do { nlist->next = elist; elist = nlist; } while (0)
+
+/* Separate out any initial variable assignments from TLIST. If set -k has
+ been executed, remove all assignment statements from TLIST. Initial
+ variable assignments and other environment assignments are placed
+ on SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+separate_out_assignments (tlist)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+{
+ register WORD_LIST *vp, *lp;
+
+ if (!tlist)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist); /* Clean up after previous error */
+
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ vp = lp = tlist;
+
+ /* Separate out variable assignments at the start of the command.
+ Loop invariant: vp->next == lp
+ Loop postcondition:
+ lp = list of words left after assignment statements skipped
+ tlist = original list of words
+ */
+ while (lp && (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT))
+ {
+ vp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+
+ /* If lp != tlist, we have some initial assignment statements.
+ We make SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST point to the list of assignment
+ words and TLIST point to the remaining words. */
+ if (lp != tlist)
+ {
+ subst_assign_varlist = tlist;
+ /* ASSERT(vp->next == lp); */
+ vp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; /* terminate variable list */
+ tlist = lp; /* remainder of word list */
+ }
+
+ /* vp == end of variable list */
+ /* tlist == remainder of original word list without variable assignments */
+ if (!tlist)
+ /* All the words in tlist were assignment statements */
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ /* ASSERT(tlist != NULL); */
+ /* ASSERT((tlist->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT) == 0); */
+
+ /* If the -k option is in effect, we need to go through the remaining
+ words, separate out the assignment words, and place them on
+ SUBST_ASSIGN_VARLIST. */
+ if (place_keywords_in_env)
+ {
+ WORD_LIST *tp; /* tp == running pointer into tlist */
+
+ tp = tlist;
+ lp = tlist->next;
+
+ /* Loop Invariant: tp->next == lp */
+ /* Loop postcondition: tlist == word list without assignment statements */
+ while (lp)
+ {
+ if (lp->word->flags & W_ASSIGNMENT)
+ {
+ /* Found an assignment statement, add this word to end of
+ subst_assign_varlist (vp). */
+ if (!subst_assign_varlist)
+ subst_assign_varlist = vp = lp;
+ else
+ {
+ vp->next = lp;
+ vp = lp;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the word pointed to by LP from TLIST. */
+ tp->next = lp->next;
+ /* ASSERT(vp == lp); */
+ lp->next = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ lp = tp->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ tp = lp;
+ lp = lp->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ return (tlist);
+}
+
+#define WEXP_VARASSIGN 0x001
+#define WEXP_BRACEEXP 0x002
+#define WEXP_TILDEEXP 0x004
+#define WEXP_PARAMEXP 0x008
+#define WEXP_PATHEXP 0x010
+
+/* All of the expansions, including variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_ALL (WEXP_VARASSIGN|WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the expansions except variable assignments at the start of
+ the list. */
+#define WEXP_NOVARS (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP|WEXP_PATHEXP)
+
+/* All of the `shell expansions': brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter
+ expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion, word splitting, and
+ quote removal. */
+#define WEXP_SHELLEXP (WEXP_BRACEEXP|WEXP_TILDEEXP|WEXP_PARAMEXP)
+
+/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
+ a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
+ variable assignments. */
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_ALL));
+}
+
+/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
+ variables. */
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_no_vars (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_NOVARS));
+}
+
+WORD_LIST *
+expand_words_shellexp (list)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+{
+ return (expand_word_list_internal (list, WEXP_SHELLEXP));
+}
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+glob_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ char **glob_array, *temp_string;
+ register int glob_index;
+ WORD_LIST *glob_list, *output_list, *disposables, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *tword;
+
+ output_list = disposables = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+ while (tlist)
+ {
+ /* For each word, either globbing is attempted or the word is
+ added to orig_list. If globbing succeeds, the results are
+ added to orig_list and the word (tlist) is added to the list
+ of disposable words. If globbing fails and failed glob
+ expansions are left unchanged (the shell default), the
+ original word is added to orig_list. If globbing fails and
+ failed glob expansions are removed, the original word is
+ added to the list of disposable words. orig_list ends up
+ in reverse order and requires a call to REVERSE_LIST to
+ be set right. After all words are examined, the disposable
+ words are freed. */
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ /* If the word isn't an assignment and contains an unquoted
+ pattern matching character, then glob it. */
+ if ((tlist->word->flags & W_NOGLOB) == 0 &&
+ unquoted_glob_pattern_p (tlist->word->word))
+ {
+ glob_array = shell_glob_filename (tlist->word->word);
+
+ /* Handle error cases.
+ I don't think we should report errors like "No such file
+ or directory". However, I would like to report errors
+ like "Read failed". */
+
+ if (glob_array == 0 || GLOB_FAILED (glob_array))
+ {
+ glob_array = (char **)xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
+ glob_array[0] = (char *)NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Dequote the current word in case we have to use it. */
+ if (glob_array[0] == NULL)
+ {
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ }
+
+ /* Make the array into a word list. */
+ glob_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (glob_index = 0; glob_array[glob_index]; glob_index++)
+ {
+ tword = make_bare_word (glob_array[glob_index]);
+ tword->flags |= W_GLOBEXP; /* XXX */
+ glob_list = make_word_list (tword, glob_list);
+ }
+
+ if (glob_list)
+ {
+ output_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (glob_list, output_list);
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else if (fail_glob_expansion != 0)
+ {
+ report_error (_("no match: %s"), tlist->word->word);
+ jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else if (allow_null_glob_expansion == 0)
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are left unchanged. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Failed glob expressions are removed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Dequote the string. */
+ temp_string = dequote_string (tlist->word->word);
+ free (tlist->word->word);
+ tlist->word->word = temp_string;
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ strvec_dispose (glob_array);
+ glob_array = (char **)NULL;
+
+ tlist = next;
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+static WORD_LIST *
+brace_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ register char **expansions;
+ char *temp_string;
+ WORD_LIST *disposables, *output_list, *next;
+ WORD_DESC *w;
+ int eindex;
+
+ for (disposables = output_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ /* Only do brace expansion if the word has a brace character. If
+ not, just add the word list element to BRACES and continue. In
+ the common case, at least when running shell scripts, this will
+ degenerate to a bunch of calls to `xstrchr', and then what is
+ basically a reversal of TLIST into BRACES, which is corrected
+ by a call to REVERSE_LIST () on BRACES when the end of TLIST
+ is reached. */
+ if (xstrchr (tlist->word->word, LBRACE))
+ {
+ expansions = brace_expand (tlist->word->word);
+
+ for (eindex = 0; temp_string = expansions[eindex]; eindex++)
+ {
+ w = make_word (temp_string);
+ /* If brace expansion didn't change the word, preserve
+ the flags. We may want to preserve the flags
+ unconditionally someday -- XXX */
+ if (STREQ (temp_string, tlist->word->word))
+ w->flags = tlist->word->flags;
+ output_list = make_word_list (w, output_list);
+ free (expansions[eindex]);
+ }
+ free (expansions);
+
+ /* Add TLIST to the list of words to be freed after brace
+ expansion has been performed. */
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, disposables);
+ }
+ else
+ PREPEND_LIST (tlist, output_list);
+ }
+
+ if (disposables)
+ dispose_words (disposables);
+
+ if (output_list)
+ output_list = REVERSE_LIST (output_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (output_list);
+}
+#endif
+
+static WORD_LIST *
+shell_expand_word_list (tlist, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *tlist;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *expanded, *orig_list, *new_list, *next, *temp_list;
+ int expanded_something, has_dollar_at;
+ char *temp_string;
+
+ /* We do tilde expansion all the time. This is what 1003.2 says. */
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ for (orig_list = tlist; tlist; tlist = next)
+ {
+ temp_string = tlist->word->word;
+
+ next = tlist->next;
+
+ /* Posix.2 section 3.6.1 says that tildes following `=' in words
+ which are not assignment statements are not expanded. If the
+ shell isn't in posix mode, though, we perform tilde expansion
+ on `likely candidate' unquoted assignment statements (flags
+ include W_ASSIGNMENT but not W_QUOTED). A likely candidate
+ contains an unquoted :~ or =~. Something to think about: we
+ now have a flag that says to perform tilde expansion on arguments
+ to `assignment builtins' like declare and export that look like
+ assignment statements. We now do tilde expansion on such words
+ even in POSIX mode. */
+ if (((tlist->word->flags & (W_ASSIGNMENT|W_QUOTED)) == W_ASSIGNMENT) &&
+ (posixly_correct == 0 || (tlist->word->flags & W_TILDEEXP)) &&
+ (unquoted_substring ("=~", temp_string) || unquoted_substring (":~", temp_string)))
+ {
+ tlist->word->word = bash_tilde_expand (temp_string, 1);
+ free (temp_string);
+ }
+ else if (temp_string[0] == '~')
+ {
+ tlist->word->word = bash_tilde_expand (temp_string, 0);
+ free (temp_string);
+ }
+
+ expanded_something = 0;
+ expanded = expand_word_internal
+ (tlist->word, 0, 0, &has_dollar_at, &expanded_something);
+
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error || expanded == &expand_word_fatal)
+ {
+ /* By convention, each time this error is returned,
+ tlist->word->word has already been freed. */
+ tlist->word->word = (char *)NULL;
+
+ /* Dispose our copy of the original list. */
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+ /* Dispose the new list we're building. */
+ dispose_words (new_list);
+
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (expanded == &expand_word_error)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ }
+
+ /* Don't split words marked W_NOSPLIT. */
+ if (expanded_something && (tlist->word->flags & W_NOSPLIT) == 0)
+ {
+ temp_list = word_list_split (expanded);
+ dispose_words (expanded);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If no parameter expansion, command substitution, process
+ substitution, or arithmetic substitution took place, then
+ do not do word splitting. We still have to remove quoted
+ null characters from the result. */
+ word_list_remove_quoted_nulls (expanded);
+ temp_list = expanded;
+ }
+
+ expanded = REVERSE_LIST (temp_list, WORD_LIST *);
+ new_list = (WORD_LIST *)list_append (expanded, new_list);
+ }
+
+ if (orig_list)
+ dispose_words (orig_list);
+
+ if (new_list)
+ new_list = REVERSE_LIST (new_list, WORD_LIST *);
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
+
+/* The workhorse for expand_words () and expand_words_no_vars ().
+ First arg is LIST, a WORD_LIST of words.
+ Second arg EFLAGS is a flags word controlling which expansions are
+ performed.
+
+ This does all of the substitutions: brace expansion, tilde expansion,
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ process substitution, word splitting, and pathname expansion, according
+ to the bits set in EFLAGS. Words with the W_QUOTED or W_NOSPLIT bits
+ set, or for which no expansion is done, do not undergo word splitting.
+ Words with the W_NOGLOB bit set do not undergo pathname expansion. */
+static WORD_LIST *
+expand_word_list_internal (list, eflags)
+ WORD_LIST *list;
+ int eflags;
+{
+ WORD_LIST *new_list, *temp_list;
+ int tint;
+
+ if (list == 0)
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+
+ garglist = new_list = copy_word_list (list);
+ if (eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN)
+ {
+ garglist = new_list = separate_out_assignments (new_list);
+ if (new_list == 0)
+ {
+ if (subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ /* All the words were variable assignments, so they are placed
+ into the shell's environment. */
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL; /* no arithmetic errors */
+ tint = do_assignment (temp_list->word->word);
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells
+ running in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ }
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+ return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Begin expanding the words that remain. The expansions take place on
+ things that aren't really variable assignments. */
+
+#if defined (BRACE_EXPANSION)
+ /* Do brace expansion on this word if there are any brace characters
+ in the string. */
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_BRACEEXP) && brace_expansion && new_list)
+ new_list = brace_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+#endif /* BRACE_EXPANSION */
+
+ /* Perform the `normal' shell expansions: tilde expansion, parameter and
+ variable substitution, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. */
+ new_list = shell_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+
+ /* Okay, we're almost done. Now let's just do some filename
+ globbing. */
+ if (new_list)
+ {
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_PATHEXP) && disallow_filename_globbing == 0)
+ /* Glob expand the word list unless globbing has been disabled. */
+ new_list = glob_expand_word_list (new_list, eflags);
+ else
+ /* Dequote the words, because we're not performing globbing. */
+ new_list = dequote_list (new_list);
+ }
+
+ if ((eflags & WEXP_VARASSIGN) && subst_assign_varlist)
+ {
+ sh_assign_func_t *assign_func;
+
+ /* If the remainder of the words expand to nothing, Posix.2 requires
+ that the variable and environment assignments affect the shell's
+ environment. */
+ assign_func = new_list ? assign_in_env : do_assignment;
+ tempenv_assign_error = 0;
+
+ for (temp_list = subst_assign_varlist; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ {
+ this_command_name = (char *)NULL;
+ tint = (*assign_func) (temp_list->word->word);
+ /* Variable assignment errors in non-interactive shells running
+ in Posix.2 mode cause the shell to exit. */
+ if (tint == 0)
+ {
+ if (assign_func == do_assignment)
+ {
+ last_command_exit_value = EXECUTION_FAILURE;
+ if (interactive_shell == 0 && posixly_correct)
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (FORCE_EOF);
+ else
+ exp_jump_to_top_level (DISCARD);
+ }
+ else
+ tempenv_assign_error++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ dispose_words (subst_assign_varlist);
+ subst_assign_varlist = (WORD_LIST *)NULL;
+ }
+
+#if 0
+ tint = list_length (new_list) + 1;
+ RESIZE_MALLOCED_BUFFER (glob_argv_flags, 0, tint, glob_argv_flags_size, 16);
+ for (tint = 0, temp_list = new_list; temp_list; temp_list = temp_list->next)
+ glob_argv_flags[tint++] = (temp_list->word->flags & W_GLOBEXP) ? '1' : '0';
+ glob_argv_flags[tint] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+ return (new_list);
+}
SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
char *ifs_value;
unsigned char ifs_cmap[UCHAR_MAX + 1];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+unsigned char ifs_firstc[MB_LEN_MAX];
+size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
/* Extern functions and variables from different files. */
extern int last_command_exit_value, last_command_exit_signal;
{
si = i + 2;
if (string[i + 1] == LPAREN)
- ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC);
+ ret = extract_delimited_string (string, &si, "$(", "(", ")", EX_NOALLOC); /* ) */
else
ret = extract_dollar_brace_string (string, &si, 0, EX_NOALLOC);
char *charlist;
{
register int i = *sindex;
+ size_t slen;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t clen;
+ wchar_t *wcharlist;
+#endif
int c;
char *temp;
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
if (charlist[0] == '\'' && charlist[1] == '\0')
{
return temp;
}
- for (i = *sindex; c = string[i]; i++)
+ slen = strlen (string + *sindex) + *sindex;
+ i = *sindex;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ clen = strlen (charlist);
+ wcharlist = 0;
+#endif
+ while (c = string[i])
{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength;
+#endif
if (c == CTLESC)
{
- i++;
+ i += 2;
continue;
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mblength = MBLEN (string + i, slen - 1);
+ if (mblength > 1)
+ {
+ wchar_t wc;
+ mblength = mbtowc (&wc, string + i, slen - i);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ {
+ if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (wcharlist == 0)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+ len = mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, 0);
+ if (len == -1)
+ len = 0;
+ wcharlist = xmalloc ((sizeof (wchar_t) * len) + 1);
+ mbstowcs (wcharlist, charlist, len);
+ }
+
+ if (wcschr (wcharlist, wc))
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+#endif
if (MEMBER (c, charlist))
break;
+
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, i);
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ FREE (wcharlist);
+#endif
+
temp = substring (string, *sindex, i);
*sindex = i;
/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
- Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". */
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position of the matching ")". ) */
char *
extract_command_subst (string, sindex)
char *string;
int *sindex;
{
- return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", 0));
+ return (extract_delimited_string (string, sindex, "$(", "(", ")", 0)); /*)*/
}
/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string. (])
d2 = 0;
if (delims)
{
- d2 = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (delims) + 1);
- for (i = ts = 0; delims[i]; i++)
+ size_t slength;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ size_t mblength = 1;
+#endif
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+
+ slength = strlen (delims);
+ d2 = (char *)xmalloc (slength + 1);
+ i = ts = 0;
+ while (delims[i])
{
- if (whitespace(delims[i]) == 0)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ mbstate_t state_bak = state;
+ mblength = MBRLEN (delims + i, slength, &state);
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength))
+ state = state_bak;
+ else if (mblength != 1)
+ {
+ memcpy (d2 + ts, delims + i, mblength);
+ ts += mblength;
+ i += mblength;
+ slength -= mblength;
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif
+ if (whitespace (delims[i]) == 0)
d2[ts++] = delims[i];
+
+ i++;
+ slength--;
}
d2[ts] = '\0';
}
string_list_dollar_star (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+#else
char sep[2];
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = ifs_firstc[0];
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (sep, ifs_firstc, ifs_firstc_len);
+#else
sep[0] = ifs_firstc;
sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
return (string_list_internal (list, sep));
}
WORD_LIST *list;
int quoted;
{
- char *ifs, sep[2];
+ char *ifs;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ char sep[MB_CUR_MAX + 1];
+#else
+ char sep[2];
+#endif
WORD_LIST *tlist;
/* XXX this could just be ifs = ifs_value; */
ifs = ifs_var ? value_cell (ifs_var) : (char *)0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs && *ifs)
+ {
+ size_t mblength;
+ mblength = MBLEN (ifs, strnlen (ifs, MB_CUR_MAX));
+ if (MB_INVALIDCH (mblength) || mblength == 1)
+ {
+ sep[0] = *ifs;
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy (sep, ifs, mblength);
+ sep[mblength] = '\0';
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sep[0] = ' ';
+ sep[1] = '\0';
+ }
+#else
sep[0] = (ifs == 0 || *ifs == 0) ? ' ' : *ifs;
sep[1] = '\0';
+#endif
tlist = ((quoted & (Q_HERE_DOCUMENT|Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES)) || (ifs && *ifs == 0))
? quote_list (list)
WORD_DESC *t;
char *current_word, *s;
int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep;
+ size_t slen;
if (!string || !*string)
return ((WORD_LIST *)NULL);
separators[2] == '\n' &&
separators[3] == '\0';
+ slen = 0;
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in IFS. Do not do this if
STRING is quoted or if there are no separator characters. */
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (string[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ if (slen == 0)
+ slen = strlen (string);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (string, slen, sindex);
+ }
/* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
register char *s;
char *current_word;
int sindex, sh_style_split, whitesep;
+ size_t slen;
if (!stringp || !*stringp || !**stringp)
return ((char *)NULL);
separators[2] == '\n' &&
separators[3] == '\0';
+ slen = 0;
+
/* Remove sequences of whitespace at the beginning of STRING, as
long as those characters appear in IFS. */
if (sh_style_split || !separators || !*separators)
/* Move past the current separator character. */
if (s[sindex])
- sindex++;
+ {
+ DECLARE_MBSTATE;
+ if (slen == 0)
+ slen = strlen (s);
+ ADVANCE_CHAR (s, slen, sindex);
+ }
/* Now skip sequences of space, tab, or newline characters if they are
in the list of separators. */
#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
case VT_ARRAYVAR:
a = (ARRAY *)value;
- /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. */
- len = array_max_index (a); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
+ /* For arrays, the first value deals with array indices. Negative
+ offsets count from one past the array's maximum index. */
+ len = array_max_index (a) + (*e1p < 0); /* arrays index from 0 to n - 1 */
break;
#endif
}
ifs_var = v;
ifs_value = v ? value_cell (v) : " \t\n";
- /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. */
+ /* Should really merge ifs_cmap with sh_syntaxtab. XXX - doesn't yet
+ handle multibyte chars in IFS */
memset (ifs_cmap, '\0', sizeof (ifs_cmap));
for (t = ifs_value ; t && *t; t++)
{
ifs_cmap[uc] = 1;
}
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+ if (ifs_value == 0)
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = '\0';
+ ifs_firstc_len = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ size_t ifs_len;
+ ifs_len = strnlen (ifs_value, MB_CUR_MAX);
+ ifs_firstc_len = MBLEN (ifs_value, ifs_len);
+ if (ifs_firstc_len == 1 || MB_INVALIDCH (ifs_firstc_len))
+ {
+ ifs_firstc[0] = ifs_value[0];
+ ifs_firstc[1] = '\0';
+ }
+ else
+ memcpy (ifs_firstc, ifs_value, ifs_firstc_len);
+ }
+#else
ifs_firstc = ifs_value ? *ifs_value : 0;
+#endif
}
char *
word_list_split (list)
WORD_LIST *list;
{
- WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult;
+ WORD_LIST *result, *t, *tresult, *e;
for (t = list, result = (WORD_LIST *)NULL; t; t = t->next)
{
tresult = word_split (t->word, ifs_value);
+#if 0
result = (WORD_LIST *) list_append (result, tresult);
+#else
+ if (result == 0)
+ result = e = tresult;
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = tresult;
+ while (e->next)
+ e = e->next;
+ }
+#endif
}
return (result);
}
extern SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
extern char *ifs_value;
extern unsigned char ifs_cmap[];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern unsigned char ifs_firstc[];
+extern size_t ifs_firstc_len;
+#else
extern unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+#endif
/* Evaluates to 1 if C is a character in $IFS. */
#define isifs(c) (ifs_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
--- /dev/null
+/* subst.h -- Names of externally visible functions in subst.c. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_SUBST_H_)
+#define _SUBST_H_
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/* Constants which specify how to handle backslashes and quoting in
+ expand_word_internal (). Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means to use the function
+ slashify_in_quotes () to decide whether the backslash should be
+ retained. Q_HERE_DOCUMENT means slashify_in_here_document () to
+ decide whether to retain the backslash. Q_KEEP_BACKSLASH means
+ to unconditionally retain the backslash. Q_PATQUOTE means that we're
+ expanding a pattern ${var%#[#%]pattern} in an expansion surrounded
+ by double quotes. */
+#define Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES 0x1
+#define Q_HERE_DOCUMENT 0x2
+#define Q_KEEP_BACKSLASH 0x4
+#define Q_PATQUOTE 0x8
+#define Q_QUOTED 0x10
+#define Q_ADDEDQUOTES 0x20
+#define Q_QUOTEDNULL 0x40
+
+/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
+ STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
+extern char * de_backslash __P((char *));
+
+/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
+extern void unquote_bang __P((char *));
+
+/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position just after the matching ")". */
+extern char *extract_command_subst __P((char *, int *));
+
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position just after the matching "]". */
+extern char *extract_arithmetic_subst __P((char *, int *));
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position just after the matching ")". */
+extern char *extract_process_subst __P((char *, char *, int *));
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+extern char *assignment_name __P((char *));
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with SEP. */
+extern char *string_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, char *));
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with a space. */
+extern char *string_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Turn $* into a single string, obeying POSIX rules. */
+extern char *string_list_dollar_star __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Expand $@ into a single string, obeying POSIX rules. */
+extern char *string_list_dollar_at __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
+ This modifies LIST. */
+extern void word_list_remove_quoted_nulls __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
+ STRING. */
+extern WORD_LIST *list_string __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+extern char *get_word_from_string __P((char **, char *, char **));
+extern char *strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
+ perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
+ case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
+extern int do_assignment __P((const char *));
+extern int do_assignment_no_expand __P((const char *));
+
+/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
+ of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
+ case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by free ()ing it.
+ Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
+extern char *sub_append_string __P((char *, char *, int *, int *));
+
+/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
+ INDEX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
+extern char *sub_append_number __P((intmax_t, char *, int *, int *));
+
+/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
+extern WORD_LIST *list_rest_of_args __P((void));
+
+/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
+ and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
+ case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
+extern char *string_rest_of_args __P((int));
+
+extern int number_of_args __P((void));
+
+/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
+ and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
+ returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
+ remove_quoted_nulls () is made here because word splitting normally
+ takes care of quote removal. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_string_unsplit __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Expand a prompt string. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_prompt_string __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
+ a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
+ or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_string __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Convenience functions that expand strings to strings, taking care of
+ converting the WORD_LIST * returned by the expand_string* functions
+ to a string and deallocating the WORD_LIST *. */
+extern char *expand_string_to_string __P((char *, int));
+extern char *expand_string_unsplit_to_string __P((char *, int));
+
+/* De-quoted quoted characters in STRING. */
+extern char *dequote_string __P((char *));
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_word __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_word_unsplit __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_word_leave_quoted __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
+extern char *get_dollar_var_value __P((intmax_t));
+
+/* Quote a string to protect it from word splitting. */
+extern char *quote_string __P((char *));
+
+/* Quote escape characters (characters special to interals of expansion)
+ in a string. */
+extern char *quote_escapes __P((char *));
+
+/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes. */
+extern char *string_quote_removal __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
+ WORD_DESC *. */
+extern WORD_DESC *word_quote_removal __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
+ double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
+extern WORD_LIST *word_list_quote_removal __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* Called when IFS is changed to maintain some private variables. */
+extern void setifs __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+/* Return the value of $IFS, or " \t\n" if IFS is unset. */
+extern char *getifs __P((void));
+
+/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
+ is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
+ don't do any splitting. */
+extern WORD_LIST *word_split __P((WORD_DESC *, char *));
+
+/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
+ a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
+ variable assignments. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_words __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
+ variables. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_words_no_vars __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Perform the `normal shell expansions' on a WORD_LIST. These are
+ brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable substitution,
+ command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_words_shellexp __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+extern char *command_substitute __P((char *, int));
+extern char *pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+extern void unlink_fifo_list __P((void));
+
+extern WORD_LIST *list_string_with_quotes __P((char *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+extern char *extract_array_assignment_list __P((char *, int *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+extern char *remove_backslashes __P((char *));
+extern char *cond_expand_word __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+extern int char_is_quoted __P((char *, int));
+extern int unclosed_pair __P((char *, int, char *));
+extern int skip_to_delim __P((char *, int, char *));
+extern WORD_LIST *split_at_delims __P((char *, int, char *, int, int *, int *));
+#endif
+
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+extern SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+extern char *ifs_value;
+extern unsigned char ifs_cmap[];
+extern unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is a character in $IFS. */
+#define isifs(c) (ifs_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
+
+/* How to determine the quoted state of the character C. */
+#define QUOTED_CHAR(c) ((c) == CTLESC)
+
+/* Is the first character of STRING a quoted NULL character? */
+#define QUOTED_NULL(string) ((string)[0] == CTLNUL && (string)[1] == '\0')
+
+#endif /* !_SUBST_H_ */
--- /dev/null
+/* subst.h -- Names of externally visible functions in subst.c. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1993-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of GNU Bash, the Bourne Again SHell.
+
+ Bash is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
+ Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
+ version.
+
+ Bash is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
+ WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
+ FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
+ for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+ with Bash; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111 USA. */
+
+#if !defined (_SUBST_H_)
+#define _SUBST_H_
+
+#include "stdc.h"
+
+/* Constants which specify how to handle backslashes and quoting in
+ expand_word_internal (). Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES means to use the function
+ slashify_in_quotes () to decide whether the backslash should be
+ retained. Q_HERE_DOCUMENT means slashify_in_here_document () to
+ decide whether to retain the backslash. Q_KEEP_BACKSLASH means
+ to unconditionally retain the backslash. Q_PATQUOTE means that we're
+ expanding a pattern ${var%#[#%]pattern} in an expansion surrounded
+ by double quotes. */
+#define Q_DOUBLE_QUOTES 0x1
+#define Q_HERE_DOCUMENT 0x2
+#define Q_KEEP_BACKSLASH 0x4
+#define Q_PATQUOTE 0x8
+#define Q_QUOTED 0x10
+#define Q_ADDEDQUOTES 0x20
+#define Q_QUOTEDNULL 0x40
+
+/* Remove backslashes which are quoting backquotes from STRING. Modifies
+ STRING, and returns a pointer to it. */
+extern char * de_backslash __P((char *));
+
+/* Replace instances of \! in a string with !. */
+extern void unquote_bang __P((char *));
+
+/* Extract the $( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position just after the matching ")". */
+extern char *extract_command_subst __P((char *, int *));
+
+/* Extract the $[ construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "$[".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position just after the matching "]". */
+extern char *extract_arithmetic_subst __P((char *, int *));
+
+#if defined (PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION)
+/* Extract the <( or >( construct in STRING, and return a new string.
+ Start extracting at (SINDEX) as if we had just seen "<(".
+ Make (SINDEX) get the position just after the matching ")". */
+extern char *extract_process_subst __P((char *, char *, int *));
+#endif /* PROCESS_SUBSTITUTION */
+
+/* Extract the name of the variable to bind to from the assignment string. */
+extern char *assignment_name __P((char *));
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with SEP. */
+extern char *string_list_internal __P((WORD_LIST *, char *));
+
+/* Return a single string of all the words present in LIST, separating
+ each word with a space. */
+extern char *string_list __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Turn $* into a single string, obeying POSIX rules. */
+extern char *string_list_dollar_star __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Expand $@ into a single string, obeying POSIX rules. */
+extern char *string_list_dollar_at __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* Perform quoted null character removal on each element of LIST.
+ This modifies LIST. */
+extern void word_list_remove_quoted_nulls __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* This performs word splitting and quoted null character removal on
+ STRING. */
+extern WORD_LIST *list_string __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+extern char *get_word_from_string __P((char **, char *, char **));
+extern char *strip_trailing_ifs_whitespace __P((char *, char *, int));
+
+/* Given STRING, an assignment string, get the value of the right side
+ of the `=', and bind it to the left side. If EXPAND is true, then
+ perform parameter expansion, command substitution, and arithmetic
+ expansion on the right-hand side. Perform tilde expansion in any
+ case. Do not perform word splitting on the result of expansion. */
+extern int do_assignment __P((const char *));
+extern int do_assignment_no_expand __P((const char *));
+
+/* Append SOURCE to TARGET at INDEX. SIZE is the current amount
+ of space allocated to TARGET. SOURCE can be NULL, in which
+ case nothing happens. Gets rid of SOURCE by free ()ing it.
+ Returns TARGET in case the location has changed. */
+extern char *sub_append_string __P((char *, char *, int *, int *));
+
+/* Append the textual representation of NUMBER to TARGET.
+ INDEX and SIZE are as in SUB_APPEND_STRING. */
+extern char *sub_append_number __P((intmax_t, char *, int *, int *));
+
+/* Return the word list that corresponds to `$*'. */
+extern WORD_LIST *list_rest_of_args __P((void));
+
+/* Make a single large string out of the dollar digit variables,
+ and the rest_of_args. If DOLLAR_STAR is 1, then obey the special
+ case of "$*" with respect to IFS. */
+extern char *string_rest_of_args __P((int));
+
+extern int number_of_args __P((void));
+
+/* Expand STRING by performing parameter expansion, command substitution,
+ and arithmetic expansion. Dequote the resulting WORD_LIST before
+ returning it, but do not perform word splitting. The call to
+ remove_quoted_nulls () is made here because word splitting normally
+ takes care of quote removal. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_string_unsplit __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Expand a prompt string. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_prompt_string __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Expand STRING just as if you were expanding a word. This also returns
+ a list of words. Note that filename globbing is *NOT* done for word
+ or string expansion, just when the shell is expanding a command. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and word splitting. Dequote the resultant WORD_LIST before returning. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_string __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Convenience functions that expand strings to strings, taking care of
+ converting the WORD_LIST * returned by the expand_string* functions
+ to a string and deallocating the WORD_LIST *. */
+extern char *expand_string_to_string __P((char *, int));
+extern char *expand_string_unsplit_to_string __P((char *, int));
+
+/* De-quoted quoted characters in STRING. */
+extern char *dequote_string __P((char *));
+
+/* Expand WORD, performing word splitting on the result. This does
+ parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ word splitting, and quote removal. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_word __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+/* Expand WORD, but do not perform word splitting on the result. This
+ does parameter expansion, command substitution, arithmetic expansion,
+ and quote removal. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_word_unsplit __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_word_leave_quoted __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+/* Return the value of a positional parameter. This handles values > 10. */
+extern char *get_dollar_var_value __P((intmax_t));
+
+/* Quote a string to protect it from word splitting. */
+extern char *quote_string __P((char *));
+
+/* Quote escape characters (characters special to interals of expansion)
+ in a string. */
+extern char *quote_escapes __P((char *));
+
+/* Perform quote removal on STRING. If QUOTED > 0, assume we are obeying the
+ backslash quoting rules for within double quotes. */
+extern char *string_quote_removal __P((char *, int));
+
+/* Perform quote removal on word WORD. This allocates and returns a new
+ WORD_DESC *. */
+extern WORD_DESC *word_quote_removal __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+
+/* Perform quote removal on all words in LIST. If QUOTED is non-zero,
+ the members of the list are treated as if they are surrounded by
+ double quotes. Return a new list, or NULL if LIST is NULL. */
+extern WORD_LIST *word_list_quote_removal __P((WORD_LIST *, int));
+
+/* Called when IFS is changed to maintain some private variables. */
+extern void setifs __P((SHELL_VAR *));
+
+/* Return the value of $IFS, or " \t\n" if IFS is unset. */
+extern char *getifs __P((void));
+
+/* This splits a single word into a WORD LIST on $IFS, but only if the word
+ is not quoted. list_string () performs quote removal for us, even if we
+ don't do any splitting. */
+extern WORD_LIST *word_split __P((WORD_DESC *, char *));
+
+/* Take the list of words in LIST and do the various substitutions. Return
+ a new list of words which is the expanded list, and without things like
+ variable assignments. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_words __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Same as expand_words (), but doesn't hack variable or environment
+ variables. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_words_no_vars __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+/* Perform the `normal shell expansions' on a WORD_LIST. These are
+ brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable substitution,
+ command substitution, arithmetic expansion, and word splitting. */
+extern WORD_LIST *expand_words_shellexp __P((WORD_LIST *));
+
+extern char *command_substitute __P((char *, int));
+extern char *pat_subst __P((char *, char *, char *, int));
+
+extern void unlink_fifo_list __P((void));
+
+extern WORD_LIST *list_string_with_quotes __P((char *));
+
+#if defined (ARRAY_VARS)
+extern char *extract_array_assignment_list __P((char *, int *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (COND_COMMAND)
+extern char *remove_backslashes __P((char *));
+extern char *cond_expand_word __P((WORD_DESC *, int));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE)
+extern int char_is_quoted __P((char *, int));
+extern int unclosed_pair __P((char *, int, char *));
+extern int skip_to_delim __P((char *, int, char *));
+extern WORD_LIST *split_at_delims __P((char *, int, char *, int, int *, int *));
+#endif
+
+/* Variables used to keep track of the characters in IFS. */
+extern SHELL_VAR *ifs_var;
+extern char *ifs_value;
+extern unsigned char ifs_cmap[];
+extern unsigned char ifs_firstc;
+
+/* Evaluates to 1 if C is a character in $IFS. */
+#define isifs(c) (ifs_cmap[(unsigned char)(c)] != 0)
+
+/* How to determine the quoted state of the character C. */
+#define QUOTED_CHAR(c) ((c) == CTLESC)
+
+/* Is the first character of STRING a quoted NULL character? */
+#define QUOTED_NULL(string) ((string)[0] == CTLNUL && (string)[1] == '\0')
+
+#endif /* !_SUBST_H_ */
*:QNX:*:4*)
echo i386-pc-qnx
exit 0 ;;
- NSR-[DGKLNPTVW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ NSR-[DGKLNPTVWXY]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
exit 0 ;;
*:NonStop-UX:*:*)
--- /dev/null
+#! /bin/sh
+# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+# 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+timestamp='2002-11-30'
+
+# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+# General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+#
+# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# Originally written by Per Bothner <per@bothner.com>.
+# Please send patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>. Submit a context
+# diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
+#
+# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
+# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
+# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1.
+#
+# The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you
+# don't specify an explicit build system type.
+
+me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
+
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]
+
+Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
+
+Operation modes:
+ -h, --help print this help, then exit
+ -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit
+ -v, --version print version number, then exit
+
+Report bugs and patches to <config-patches@gnu.org>."
+
+version="\
+GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
+
+Originally written by Per Bothner.
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
+warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+
+help="
+Try \`$me --help' for more information."
+
+# Parse command line
+while test $# -gt 0 ; do
+ case $1 in
+ --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
+ echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --version | -v )
+ echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+ --help | --h* | -h )
+ echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+ -- ) # Stop option processing
+ shift; break ;;
+ - ) # Use stdin as input.
+ break ;;
+ -* )
+ echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
+ exit 1 ;;
+ * )
+ break ;;
+ esac
+done
+
+if test $# != 0; then
+ echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
+ exit 1
+fi
+
+trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
+# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
+# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
+# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
+
+# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
+# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
+
+# This shell variable is my proudest work .. or something. --bje
+
+set_cc_for_build='tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/config-guess-$$ ;
+(old=`umask` && umask 077 && mkdir $tmpdir && umask $old && unset old)
+ || (echo "$me: cannot create $tmpdir" >&2 && exit 1) ;
+dummy=$tmpdir/dummy ;
+files="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
+trap '"'"'rm -f $files; rmdir $tmpdir; exit 1'"'"' 1 2 15 ;
+case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
+ ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
+ for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
+ if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
+ fi ;
+ done ;
+ rm -f $files ;
+ if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
+ CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
+ fi
+ ;;
+ ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
+ ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
+esac ;
+unset files'
+
+# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
+# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
+if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
+fi
+
+UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
+UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
+UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
+UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
+
+# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
+
+case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ *:NetBSD:*:*)
+ # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
+ # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
+ # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently
+ # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
+ # object file format. This provides both forward
+ # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
+ # object file format.
+ #
+ # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
+ # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown".
+ sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
+ UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
+ /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
+ arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
+ sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
+ sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+ *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
+ esac
+ # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
+ # to ELF recently, or will in the future.
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
+ arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
+ | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null
+ then
+ # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
+ # Return netbsd for either. FIX?
+ os=netbsd
+ else
+ os=netbsdelf
+ fi
+ ;;
+ *)
+ os=netbsd
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # The OS release
+ # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
+ # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
+ # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
+ # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
+ case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
+ Debian*)
+ release='-gnu'
+ ;;
+ *)
+ release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
+ # contains redundant information, the shorter form:
+ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
+ echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ macppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun3:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OpenBSD:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ alpha:OSF1:*:*)
+ if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
+ fi
+ # A Vn.n version is a released version.
+ # A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
+ # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
+ # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ cat <<EOF >$dummy.s
+ .data
+\$Lformat:
+ .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n"
+
+ .text
+ .globl main
+ .align 4
+ .ent main
+main:
+ .frame \$30,16,\$26,0
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$27)
+ .prologue 1
+ .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0
+ lda \$2,-1
+ .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1
+ lda \$16,\$Lformat
+ mov \$0,\$17
+ not \$1,\$18
+ jsr \$26,printf
+ ldgp \$29,0(\$26)
+ mov 0,\$16
+ jsr \$26,exit
+ .end main
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.s 2>/dev/null
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then
+ case `$dummy` in
+ 0-0)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alpha"
+ ;;
+ 1-0)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5"
+ ;;
+ 1-1)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56"
+ ;;
+ 1-101)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56"
+ ;;
+ 2-303)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6"
+ ;;
+ 2-307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67"
+ ;;
+ 2-1307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68"
+ ;;
+ 3-1307)
+ UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7"
+ ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ rm -f $dummy.s $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
+ # of the specific Alpha model?
+ echo alpha-pc-interix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
+ echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
+ exit 0;;
+ *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:OS/390:*:*)
+ echo i370-ibm-openedition
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
+ echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0;;
+ SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
+ exit 0;;
+ Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
+ # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
+ if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
+ else
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
+ echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*)
+ case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
+ sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;;
+ esac ;;
+ sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
+ # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
+ # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
+ # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
+ echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
+ case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
+ Series*|S4*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
+ ;;
+ esac
+ # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
+ UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
+ test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
+ case "`/bin/arch`" in
+ sun3)
+ echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ sun4)
+ echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0 ;;
+ aushp:SunOS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name
+ # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
+ # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
+ # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
+ # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally
+ # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
+ # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
+ # be no problem.
+ atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ powerpc:machten:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RISC*:Mach:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
+ echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
+ echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
+ echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#include <stdio.h> /* for printf() prototype */
+ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
+#else
+ int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
+#endif
+ #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
+ printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ exit (-1);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \
+ && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
+ && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir && exit 0
+ rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir
+ echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powermax
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
+ echo m88k-harris-cxux7
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:*:4*:R4*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m88k:*:3*:R3*)
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ AViiON:dgux:*:*)
+ # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
+ if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
+ then
+ if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
+ [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
+ then
+ echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ else
+ echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M88*:*:R3*:*)
+ # Delta 88k system running SVR3
+ echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
+ echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
+ echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:IRIX*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
+ echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+ exit 0 ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+ i*86:AIX:*:*)
+ echo i386-ibm-aix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:AIX:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:2:3)
+ if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <sys/systemcfg.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ if (!__power_pc())
+ exit(1);
+ puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
+ exit(0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir && exit 0
+ rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+ elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
+ else
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:[45])
+ IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
+ if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+ IBM_ARCH=rs6000
+ else
+ IBM_ARCH=powerpc
+ fi
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
+ IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
+ else
+ IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:AIX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-ibm-aix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and
+ echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to
+ exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+ *:BOSX:*:*)
+ echo rs6000-bull-bosx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
+ echo m68k-bull-sysv3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
+ echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+ 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
+ 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
+ 9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
+ if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
+ sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
+ sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
+ case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
+ 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
+ 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
+ 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
+ case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
+ 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
+ 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
+ '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20
+ esac ;;
+ esac
+ fi
+ if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+
+ #define _HPUX_SOURCE
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+ #include <unistd.h>
+
+ int main ()
+ {
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
+ #endif
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
+ #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
+ switch (bits)
+ {
+ case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
+ case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ } break;
+ #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
+ puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
+ #endif
+ default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
+ }
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
+ if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi
+ rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir
+ fi ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
+ HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
+ echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <unistd.h>
+ int
+ main ()
+ {
+ long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
+ /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
+ true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
+ results, however. */
+ if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
+ {
+ switch (cpu)
+ {
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
+ puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
+ exit (0);
+ }
+EOF
+ $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir && exit 0
+ rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir
+ echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
+ exit 0 ;;
+ hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:OSF1:*:*)
+ if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
+ echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
+ echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
+ | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
+ -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
+ -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
+ echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*T3D:*:*:*)
+ echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
+ echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
+ echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+ exit 0 ;;
+ F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+ FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
+ FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
+ echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:BSD/OS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ amd64:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:FreeBSD:*:*)
+ # Determine whether the default compiler uses glibc.
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+ rm -f $dummy.c && rmdir $tmpdir
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`${LIBC:+-$LIBC}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:MINGW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:PW*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
+ exit 0 ;;
+ x86:Interix*:3*)
+ echo i586-pc-interix3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
+ echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
+ # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
+ # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
+ # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
+ echo i586-pc-interix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*:UWIN*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ p*:CYGWIN*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
+ exit 0 ;;
+ prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
+ echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:GNU:*:*)
+ echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Minix:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ arm*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ia64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ m68*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mips:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips
+ #undef mipsel
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mipsel
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ rm -f $dummy.c && rmdir $tmpdir
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ mips64:Linux:*:*)
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #undef CPU
+ #undef mips64
+ #undef mips64el
+ #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
+ CPU=mips64el
+ #else
+ #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
+ CPU=mips64
+ #else
+ CPU=
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
+ rm -f $dummy.c && rmdir $tmpdir
+ test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ ppc:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ ppc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ alpha:Linux:*:*)
+ case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
+ EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
+ EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
+ PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
+ EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
+ EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
+ EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
+ esac
+ objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
+ if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
+ # Look for CPU level
+ case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
+ PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
+ esac
+ exit 0 ;;
+ parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sh*:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ x86_64:Linux:*:*)
+ echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:Linux:*:*)
+ # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
+ # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
+ # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path.
+ # Set LC_ALL=C to ensure ld outputs messages in English.
+ ld_supported_targets=`cd /; LC_ALL=C ld --help 2>&1 \
+ | sed -ne '/supported targets:/!d
+ s/[ ][ ]*/ /g
+ s/.*supported targets: *//
+ s/ .*//
+ p'`
+ case "$ld_supported_targets" in
+ elf32-i386)
+ TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu"
+ ;;
+ a.out-i386-linux)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ coff-i386)
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ "")
+ # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
+ # one that does not give us useful --help.
+ echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
+ exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+ # Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
+ eval $set_cc_for_build
+ sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c
+ #include <features.h>
+ #ifdef __ELF__
+ # ifdef __GLIBC__
+ # if __GLIBC__ >= 2
+ LIBC=gnu
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ # else
+ LIBC=gnulibc1
+ # endif
+ #else
+ #ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+ LIBC=gnu
+ #else
+ LIBC=gnuaout
+ #endif
+ #endif
+EOF
+ eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
+ rm -f $dummy.c && rmdir $tmpdir
+ test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0
+ test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
+ ;;
+ i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
+ # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
+ # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
+ # sysname and nodename.
+ echo i386-sequent-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
+ # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
+ # number series starting with 2...
+ # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
+ # I just have to hope. -- rms.
+ # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:OS/2:*:*)
+ # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
+ # is probably installed.
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:atheos:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*DOS:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
+ UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
+ if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:5:[78]*)
+ case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
+ *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
+ *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
+ *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
+ esac
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i*86:*:3.2:*)
+ if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
+ UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
+ elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i586
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
+ && UNAME_MACHINE=i686
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
+ else
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ pc:*:*:*)
+ # Left here for compatibility:
+ # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
+ # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
+ echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Intel:Mach:3*:*)
+ echo i386-pc-mach3
+ exit 0 ;;
+ paragon:*:*:*)
+ echo i860-intel-osf1
+ exit 0 ;;
+ i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
+ if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
+ echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
+ else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
+ echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
+ # "miniframe"
+ echo m68010-convergent-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
+ echo m68k-convergent-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
+ echo m68k-diab-dnix
+ exit 0 ;;
+ M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
+ test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0)
+ OS_REL=''
+ test -r /etc/.relid \
+ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
+ && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
+ 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
+ /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
+ && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+ m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
+ echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
+ echo m68k-atari-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
+ echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
+ echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ echo mips-sni-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:SINIX-*:*:*)
+ if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
+ else
+ echo ns32k-sni-sysv
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
+ # says <Richard.M.Bartel@ccMail.Census.GOV>
+ echo i586-unisys-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
+ # From Gerald Hewes <hewes@openmarket.com>.
+ # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:*:*:FTX*)
+ # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com.
+ echo i860-stratus-sysv4
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:VOS:*:*)
+ # From Paul.Green@stratus.com.
+ echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
+ echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
+ echo mips-sony-newsos6
+ exit 0 ;;
+ R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
+ if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
+ echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ else
+ echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-be-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
+ echo powerpc-apple-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
+ echo i586-pc-beos
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+ echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Rhapsody:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Darwin:*:*)
+ echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
+ if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
+ UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
+ UNAME_MACHINE=pc
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:QNX:*:4*)
+ echo i386-pc-qnx
+ exit 0 ;;
+ NSR-[DGKLNPTVW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+ echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
+ echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
+ exit 0 ;;
+ BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
+ echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
+ exit 0 ;;
+ DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:Plan9:*:*)
+ # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
+ # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
+ # operating systems.
+ if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
+ UNAME_MACHINE=i386
+ else
+ UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
+ fi
+ echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TOPS-10:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TENEX:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
+ exit 0 ;;
+ KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-dec-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:TOPS-20:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
+ exit 0 ;;
+ *:ITS:*:*)
+ echo pdp10-unknown-its
+ exit 0 ;;
+esac
+
+#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
+#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2
+
+eval $set_cc_for_build
+cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
+#ifdef _SEQUENT_
+# include <sys/types.h>
+# include <sys/utsname.h>
+#endif
+main ()
+{
+#if defined (sony)
+#if defined (MIPSEB)
+ /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed,
+ I don't know.... */
+ printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#include <sys/param.h>
+ printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
+#ifdef NEWSOS4
+ "4"
+#else
+ ""
+#endif
+ ); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
+ printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
+ printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (NeXT)
+#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
+#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
+#endif
+ int version;
+ version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
+ if (version < 4)
+ printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ else
+ printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
+ exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
+#if defined (UMAXV)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+#if defined (CMU)
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
+#else
+ printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__386BSD__)
+ printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (sequent)
+#if defined (i386)
+ printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#if defined (ns32000)
+ printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
+ struct utsname un;
+
+ uname(&un);
+
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
+ }
+ printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (vax)
+# if !defined (ultrix)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# if defined (BSD)
+# if BSD == 43
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+# if BSD == 199006
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+# else
+ printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
+ printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
+#endif
+
+ exit (1);
+}
+EOF
+
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir && exit 0
+rm -f $dummy.c $dummy && rmdir $tmpdir
+
+# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
+
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+
+# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
+
+if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
+then
+ case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
+ c1*)
+ echo c1-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c2*)
+ if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
+ then echo c32-convex-bsd
+ else echo c2-convex-bsd
+ fi
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c34*)
+ echo c34-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c38*)
+ echo c38-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ c4*)
+ echo c4-convex-bsd
+ exit 0 ;;
+ esac
+fi
+
+cat >&2 <<EOF
+$0: unable to guess system type
+
+This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
+the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
+download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
+
+ ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+
+If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
+send the following data and any information you think might be
+pertinent to <config-patches@gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
+information to handle your system.
+
+config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
+
+uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
+
+/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
+
+hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
+/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
+/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
+
+UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
+UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
+UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
+UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
+EOF
+
+exit 1
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
+# time-stamp-end: "'"
+# End:
-BUILD_DIR=/usr/local/build/chet/bash/bash-current
+BUILD_DIR=/usr/local/build/bash/bash-current
THIS_SH=$BUILD_DIR/bash
PATH=$PATH:$BUILD_DIR
foo 1 2 bar
foo 1 2 bar
foo 1 2 bar
+foobar foobaz.
+foobar foobaz
+bazx bazy
+vx vy
+bazx bazy
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
0..10 braces
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 braces
echo `zecho foo {1,2} bar`
echo $(zecho foo {1,2} bar)
+var=baz
+varx=vx
+vary=vy
+
+echo foo{bar,${var}.}
+echo foo{bar,${var}}
+
+echo "${var}"{x,y}
+echo $var{x,y}
+echo ${var}{x,y}
+
+unset var varx vary
+
# new sequence brace operators
echo {1..10}
--- /dev/null
+echo ff{c,b,a}
+echo f{d,e,f}g
+echo {l,n,m}xyz
+echo {abc\,def}
+echo {abc}
+
+echo \{a,b,c,d,e}
+echo {x,y,\{a,b,c}}
+echo {x\,y,\{abc\},trie}
+
+echo /usr/{ucb/{ex,edit},lib/{ex,how_ex}}
+
+echo XXXX\{`echo a b c | tr ' ' ','`\}
+eval echo XXXX\{`echo a b c | tr ' ' ','`\}
+
+echo {}
+echo { }
+echo }
+echo {
+echo abcd{efgh
+
+echo foo {1,2} bar
+echo `zecho foo {1,2} bar`
+echo $(zecho foo {1,2} bar)
+
+var=baz
+echo foo{bar,${var}.}
+echo foo{bar,${var}}
+
+echo "${var}"{x,y}
+echo $var{x,y}
+echo ${var}{x,y}
+
+# new sequence brace operators
+echo {1..10}
+
+# this doesn't work yet
+echo {0..10,braces}
+# but this does
+echo {{0..10},braces}
+echo x{{0..10},braces}y
+
+echo {3..3}
+echo x{3..3}y
+echo {10..1}
+echo {10..1}y
+echo x{10..1}y
+
+echo {a..f}
+echo {f..a}
+
+echo {a..A}
+echo {A..a}
+
+echo {f..f}
+
+# mixes are incorrectly-formed brace expansions
+echo {1..f}
+echo {f..1}
+
+echo 0{1..9} {10..20}
+
+# do negative numbers work?
+echo {-1..-10}
+echo {-20..0}
projects / platform / upstream / bash.git / commitdiff